I. Who interacts with stakeholders to comm~~nicate and validate requirements?

(Knowledge)
A. Project manager
B. Quality assurance auditor
C. Business analyst
D. Communication specialist
a

Solution

The business analyst works with various stakeholders to elicit, analyze, communicate and validate
requirements. The project manager focuses on achieving the project objectives. The inclusion of quality
assurance auditor and communication specialist attempts to confuse the test taker by capitalizing on the
words "validate" and "communicate," respectively.

TIP: Carefully read each question and all of the potential answers. Even if you know the correct
answer, you may answer incorrectly if you miss an important keyword.

Answer C is correctmo .

References

IIBA 2006, 9 and PMI 2004,369.

2. Which activity can start after the senior leadership team has completed the strategic plans
for the organization? (Comprehension)

A. Define the resources needed for the project

'

B. Select the optimal project for the company

C. Conduct preliminary requirements activities
D. Start gathering requirements from stakeholders

Solution
-0

After the executives have created the strategic direction, planners can begin enterprise analysis,
which includes selecting the optimal project for the company. Activities such as defining the
resources: conducting preliminary requirements activities and starting to gather requirements

from stakeholders belong to the Requirements Planning and Management knowledge area.

Answer B is correct. Reference

5)

IIBA 2006, 18, 65.

4,

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

 3. Pre-project tasks, feasibility studies and exploratory investigations best
describe activities that are associated with (Comprehension)

A. Business analysis
B. Requirements plarlr~ing
C. Enterprise analysis
D. Requirements management

Solution

Preliminary activities occur during enterprise analysis to help define the business requirements at
a very high level and may include discovery of information related to project goals, justifications
and metrics. Results from the Enterprise Analysis knowledge area serve as inputs to the
Requirements Planning and Management knowledge area. Although business analysis is
technically a correct answer, it is too broad relative to the context of enterprise analysis.

Answer C is considered correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 8, 18.

4. Joshua was asked to describe the business architecture from multiple

perspectives. Which framework would be MOST appropriate to illustrate the
complexity of the enterprise architecture? (Application)

A. RACI matrix
B. SWOT analysis
C. POLDAT framework
D. Zachman framework

Solution

The RACI matrix (responsible, accountable, consulted and informed) captures roles and
responsibilities. SWOT analysis allows an orgar~ization to identify strer~gths, weaknesses,
,I *

opportunities and threats of the proposed solution. The POLDAT framework, usually used for
business process reengineering projects, documents the business processes, orga nizationa l
entities, location of business units, data and information, applications (information technology
applications) and technology that are used in the enterprise.

Introduced by John Zachman in the 1980s, the Zachman framework evolved into a
popular framework for describing the enterprise architecture. Depicted as a matrix,
the columns answer the five Ws (who, what, when, where and why) and how in
order to design the business entity. The rows describe the various enterprise
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
 perspectives (scope, business model, system model, technology model and detailed
representations). "4

Answer D is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 18, 31-33, 55, 72.

*
5. When should enterprise analysis begin? (Application)

A. At the same time as the start of requirements elicitation

B. Shortly before solution assessment and validation
C. Immediately after the completion of requirements planning

D. After executives release the organizational strategy

Solution

Enterprise analysis starts after senior executives have formulated the organizational strategy.
Outputs of the Enterprise Analysis knowledge area also serve as inputs to the Requirements
Planning and Management knowledge area. Requirements elicitation happens next, followed by
requirements analysis and documentation, and then solution assessment and validation.

Answer D is correctl

Reference

IIBA 2006, 15, 18.

6. A senior business analyst may be asked to perform which role as part of

strategic plan development? (Application)

A. Create business domain model *

Bl Conduct benchmark studies

C. Analyze functional requirements
D. Determine assumptions and constraints

Solution -

A senior business analyst may be asked to perform corr~petitive inalysis or benchmark

studies when the executive team is in the process of developing the 'strategic plan
document. Creating the business doniain model, analyzing functional requirementsand
determining assumptions and constraints are tasks associated with requirements
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
analysis and documentation.

Answer B is correct.
a

Reference

IIBA 2006, 19, 183.

7. Which of the following statements about the project manager (PM) and ,the business analyst (BA) are
correct? (Comprehension)

A. PM launches new projects and BA prepares strategic plan

B. PM defines strategic goals and BA creates business architecture
C. PM creates project plans and BA develops the business case

D. PM owns the balanced scorecard and BA performs feasibility studies Solution

TIP: Watch out for the word "andf'-both parts of the statement must be correct.

PM launches new projects, but the executive team develops the strategic plan and goals. Given this, two
options can be eliminated. Although it is true that the business analyst performs feasibility studies, the
bisiness sponsor is the owner of the balanced scorecard reports-not the project manager.

Answer C is correct,

Reference

IIBA 2006, 19.

8. If the enterprise governance group deals with project selection, which of .the following
deliverables are the responsibilities of the executive team? (Comprehension)

A. Project plan doc~.~ments

B. Business architecture
C. Balanced scorecard reports
Dm Strategic plan document

Solution

The project manager prepares the project plan. The business analyst creates the business architecture.
Balanced scorecard reports are the responsibilities of the business sponsor. The executive team
develops the strategic plan document.

'Answer D is correct. Reference

IIBA 2006, 19.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

9. From an overall project perspective, the business analyst is responsible for producing the
following deliverables: (Comprehension)

A. Business architecture, feasibility study report and business case document

B. Business architecture, feasibility study report and balanced scorecard reports
C. Project selection, project priority and project charter
D. Strategic plan document as well as strategic goals, themes and measures

-Solution

The business analyst is responsible for producing the business architecture, feasibility study report and
business case document. The business sponsor is the owner of balanced scorecard reports. The
enterprise governance group takes care of the project selecl:ion, project priority and project charter.
Lastly, the executive team develops the strategic plan document as well as the strategic goals, themes
9.

and measures.

Answer A is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 19.

10. Which of the following processes provides the context on which enterprise analysis can be
based? (Comprehension)

A. Elicitation preparation
B. Strategic planning
C. Brainstorming session
D. Document analysis

Solution

The strategic planning process sets the direction for enterprise analysis. Elicitation preparation,
brainstorming session and document analysis are requirements for elicitation processes.

Answer B is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 20, 154, 157-158.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

11. Which of the following circ~~mstances

and needs should be considered as part of the strategic planning

process? (Con~prehension)

A. Investigating current strategy and detern-lining requirements

B. Assessing emerging technologies and planning project effort
C. Identifying current market trends and addressing business issues
D. Remaining technically competitive and identifying potential solutions
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional

Solution

Identifying current niarket trends and business issues are circumstances and needs that should be
considered as part of the strategic planning process.

TIP: Remember that "and" indicates that both parts of the statement must be correct.

The first portion of the statements reflecting incorrect choices are correct-investigating the current strategy,
assessing emerging technologies and remaining technically competitive. However, the second portions of
the same statements are incorrect because they are processes associated with feasibility studies.

Answer C is correct, Reference

IIBA 2006, 20, 36.

12. Which of the following are examples of strategic themes? (Coniprehension)

A. Increasing customer satisfaction and reducing profit margin

B. Reducing recurring costs and avoiding regulatory compliance
C. Increasing gross revenue and reducing overall net profit

D. Reducing operating costs and increasing gross revenue Solution

Reducing operating costs and increasing gross revenue are valid examples of strategic themes. Reducing
profit margin, avoiding reg 1.1latory compliance and reducing overall net profit could be detrimental to the
overall viability of any organization.

Answer D is correct. Reference

IIBA 2006, 20.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

13. How are strategic planning process and strategic goal setting siniilar? (Cornprehension)

A. Business analysts must fully understand both

B. Department managers must sign off on both
C. Senior project managers facilitate the creation of both
D. Both are key components of solution assessment
Solution

As part of enterprise analysis, business analysts rr~ust appreciate and comprehend the importance
of the strategic planning process and strategic goal setting. All other choices are incorrect.

Answer A is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 20.

14. To serve as building blocks for the corporate strategy, strategic goals and objectives are
often converted into (Comprehension)

A. Strategic plans
B. Strategic themes
C. Corporate scorecards
D. Profitability statements

Solution

Strategic goals and objectives are converted into strategic themes (reducing production costs,
increasing high-value custonlers, increasing profit margin, etc.) to serve as building blocks for the
corporate strategy. Strategic plans serve as the road map for the organization's vision and mission.
Executive teams create corporate scorecards to monitor the organization's progress toward the
attainment of its strategic objective. Profitability statements can play a role in the creation of strategic
themes.

Answer B is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 20-21.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

15. Executives of Financial Technologies Corporation plan to build a balanced scorecard. Which of
the following dimensio~is would LIKELY rank the highest? (Application)

A. Reduce the production cycle of new components by one month

B. Improve customer satisfaction by 1% rr~onthly for the next six months
a

C. Generate 12% prafit on sales and 15% on investments during the next year
D. Train few employees on new and emerging technologies by year end

Solution

The balanced scorecard enables effective framing of strategic goals. The scorecard comprises four
diniensigns: financial, customer, internal operations, and learning and innovation.

TIP: Certain keywords can help you eliminate some choices, which can help increase your chances of
answering a question correctly. With four possible answers, you have a 25% chance of answering a
question correctly. If you eliminate one possible answer, your likelihood of answering the question
correctly jumps to 33%. Eliminate one more possible answer, and your likelihood of getting it right is
50%!

"Training few employees" is very tempting given the technical nature of the company, but the word "few"
makes it a less appropriate answer.

Keep in mind that financial goals tend to rank the highest for for-profit organizations. Although reducing
the production cycle and improving customer satisfaction can certainly help increase
a

profits, it is not as explicit as generating more profits on sales and investments.

Answer C is considered correct,

IIBA 2006, 21,

16. Which of the following dimensions are parts of a balanced scorecard? (Knowledge)

A. Gross revenue, profit ratio, sales margin and stock turns

B. Analysis, design, development and implementation
C. Schedule, budget, scope, communication and quality
D. Financial, customer, operations and innovation

Solution

The balanced scorecard comprises four dimensions, namely financial, customer, internal

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

operations, and learning and innovation.

Answer D is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 21.

17. Which question will a government agency MOST LIKELY ask when defining measures for a balanced
scorecard? (Knowledge)

A. By what percentage should we exceed our revenue target?

B. Where can we get the best value for our budget?
C. What average stock turns should we aim for in the future? €I.

Where should we focus our research and development efforts?

Solution O

Compared to for-profit organizations, government agencies and not-for-profit organizations establish

balanced scorecard metrics differently. Government agencies and not-for-profits will most likely address
the customer dimension by determining how to create the proper impression for their services. In contrast,
for-profit organizations are more inclined to measure the same dimension using quantitative metrics such
as the percentage of satisfied customers. Perhaps the biggest difference is lesser focus on stringent
revenue generation but more on budget preservation.

Answer B is correct,

Reference

IIBA 2006, 21.

18. The following activity is considered part of enterprise analysis: (Knowledge)

A. Planning and managing the project requirements

,,B, Creating and maintaining the business architecture
C. Identifying and representing all stakeholders
D. Monitoring and reacting to requirements challenges

Solution

Only creating and maintaining the business architect~~~re

is part of the Enterprise Analysis knowledge

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
 area. The rest of the activities are part of the Requirements Planning and Management
knowledge area.

Answer B is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 22, 65.

Scenario for questions 19-21: As part of enterprise analysis, Maria spent the last two weeks
meeting with key stakeholders and subject matter experts. From her meetings, she acquired an
appreciation of .the complexity of the project and came up with some ideas regarding how to
prioritize the conflicting requests from two key stakeholders. She believes that she can also
a

provide input regarding how to optirr~ize the return on project investments.

19. Maria reached a point where she needs to plan her next tasks. With whom should she
collaborate to help her better articulate the business motivation for change? (Evaluation)

A. Industry experts, industry regulators and financial managers

B. Development managers, quality managers and executive assistants
C. Project managers, business managers and technology managers
D. Configuration managers, change agents and the change control board

Solution

During enterprise analysis, business analysts need to collaborate closely with "project managers,
business unit managers and lead information technology (IT) architects and developers to prepare
decision-support information."
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional

The inclusion of executive assistants along with development managers and quality managers makes
that option incorrect.

The option which includes configuration managers, change agents and the change control board is an
excellent distracter that tries to confuse the test taker by focusing on the word "change." These roles do
not usually articulate the business motivation for change.

A business analyst may consult but not necessarily collaborate with industry experts, industry regulators
and financial managers.

Answer C is correct.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference

IIBA 2006, 22.

20. Maria realized that several factors affected project priorities. Which factor below should be highlighted
when she describes the priorities of the project? (Evaluation)

A. Project manager's experience

B. Business analyst's key strengths
C. Outstanding issues and questions
D. Business risks and exposures

Solution

The business analyst may highlight various factors that impact the project(s) to enable the executives to
make an informed decision relative to other organizational priorities. Such factors may include business
implications, inter-project dependencies and system interfaces, and businsss risks and exposures.

TIP: Some details are not really helpful or necessary to answer a question correctly. Maintain your focus
on relevant information.

Answer D is correct,

Reference

IIBA 2006, 22.

21. Maria knows that the Enterprise Analysis knowledge area requires multiple inputs and
produces several outputs. A key deliverable as part of enterprise analysis sho~~ld

be the (Evaluation)

A. Business domain model

B. Business architecture
C. Functional requirements
D. Assl~mptions and constraints
Solution

The business architecture is a key output of enterprise analysis. The business domain niodel,
functional requirements, and assumptions and constraints are all part of requirements analysis and
documentation.

Answer B is correct.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

 Reference

IIBA 2006, 22, 183-184.

22. Which task below is an enterprise analysis activity? (Knowledge)

A. Identifying various user profiles

B. Understanding system usage
C. Preparing the business case

D. Discussing major business processes

Solution

Of the options above, only prepariqg the business is an enterprise analysis activity. The rest of the
activities are part of requirements analysis and documentation.

Answer C is correctl

Reference

IIBA 2006, 23, 257.

23. Which output will be generated by conducting feasibility studies? (Knowledge)

A. Root cause analysis

Bl Strategic alignment
C. Product description
D. Initial project approach

Solution
-

The following outputs will be generated as part of conducting feasibility studies: business
feasibility study, strategic alignment, technical alignnient, and alternative solution ranking and
recommendations. Root cause analysis, product description and initial project approach are all
outputs of determining the project scope.

TIP: The BABOKcontains several diagrams and tables. Corr~mit them to memory to help you
visualize the big picture. Even if you cannot remember the details during the exam, you will be able
to answer several questions correctly if you understand the overall concept.
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Answer B is correct.
Sarr~ple Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference

IIBA 2006, 23.

24. The initial risk assessment will produce the following outputs: (Knowledge)

A. Gap analysis and problem alignment

B. Initial risk rating and root cause analysis
C. Initial risk rating and proposed risk responses

D. Selection rationale and proposed risk responses Solution Initial risk rating and proposed risk
responses are outputs of the initial risk assessment. Gap analysis and problem alignment are outputs of
creating and maintaining the business architecture.

Initial risk rating is an output of conducting the initial riskassessment, but root cause analysis is an output of
determining the project scope.

Although proposed risk responses are outputs of conducting the initial risk assessment, the selection
rationale is an output of determining the project scope.

Answer C is correct. Reference

IIBA 2006, 23.

25. Which of the following is an output of project scope definition? (Knowledge)

A. Detailed costs
B. Lessons learned
C. Scope creep

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. Strategic fit Solution
Outputs of project scope definition comprise strategic fit, business objectives and high-level requirements, root cause analysis, rationale for option
selected, product description and scope, assumptions antl constraints, initial project approach and resource allocations, and major project milestones and
funding requirements.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 23.
26. Which projects will likely need the involvement of subject matter experts and senior business analysts? (Knowledge)
A. Large, risky projects
B. Small, technical projects
C. Medium, short-term *projects
D. Small, simple projects
Solution
Risky projects with a high probability of failure and a significant impact (financial, operational, environmental, etc.) will require the involvement of a core

Spectramind Solutions
team of subject matter experts. Senior business analysts will most likely facilitate the enterprise analysis of such projects.
Technical projects may require the involvement of subject matter experts. However, projects
which are small, short-term and simple will usually not require the i~ivolvement of both subject
matter experts and senior business analysts.
Answer A is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 24.
27. During enterprise analysis, business analysts consider intiatives that will im pad as significant and high-risk projects. (Knowledge)
A. a single business unit
B. the entire enterprise
C. a few business units
D. two small departments
Solution
Business analysts determine the appropriate rigor when conducting enterprise analysis by considering the following attributes: elapsed time, time frame,

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

complexity, strategic importance, and level of change and dependencies. Based on the level-of-change attribute, projects that will impact a single
business unit are considered "small and low risk," those that impact a few business units are "low-to-moderate risk" and enterprise impacts are
"significant and high risk."
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 24.
Scenario for questions 28-30: Khalid is an experienced business analyst working on a five- month project that must be completed by the
end of the year to meet regulatory requirements. After several meetings with various stakeholders, he had a solid understanding of the
problem. However, potential solu*tions remain elusive because of several mandatory changes that must be implemented across the
company. The completion of the project also depends on the resolution of two outstanding issues.
28. Based on the scenario, use the project sizing grid to evaluate the project. After reviewing all of the relevant factors, the project can be
considered as (Evaluation)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Low-to-moderate risk
B. Small, low risk 3
C. Significant, high risk
D. Medium, tolerable risk
Solution
All projects which include changes at the enterprise level are considered "significant, high risk." Using the project sizing grid, the
five-month estimated elapsed time is considered "small, low risk" (small column); the fixed year-end deadline is considered "significant,
high risk" (large column); and a solid understanding of the problem makes it"small" but the elusiveness of potential solutions make it
"large." The 'resolution of two outstanding issues" can be considered either "small" or "medium."
TIP: Familiarize yourself with the diagrams and tables in the BABOK They can help you visualize the concept so that you figure out some
answers using simple logic or deduction. This question requires familiarity with the project sizing grid.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 24.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A
'I I'
29. Given the scenario above, what would be the MOST appropriate level of enterprise analysis? (Evaluation) ,,,.' , R
A. Simplified set of deliverables including business architecture, feasibility study, business case, risk rating and decision package
B. Minimally a full business case and a modified set of decision package, risk rating, decision package and business architecture
C. Full set of deliverables including business architecture, feasibility study, business case, risk rating and decision package
D. Some business architecture, risk rating and decision package activities as requested by the project manager and other stakeholders

Spectramind Solutions
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Solution
Deliverables produced as part of the Enterprise Analysis knowledge area serve as inputs to the Requirements Planning and Management,
Requirements Elicitation and Requirements &ommunication knowledge areas.
All other choices are incorrect because they are outputs (deliverables) of enterprise analysis.
Answer D is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
32. Which architectures make up the entire Enterprise Architecture? (Comprehension)
A. Business, infrastructure, application, technology and security
B. Business, application, information, technology and security
&. Business, information, operational, technology and security
D. Business, information, application, technology and regulatory
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
Business, application, information, technology and security architectures make up the entire
Enterprise Architecture.
TIP: Think of the acronym BAITS to remember easily what makes up the Enterprise Architecture.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 26.
..'
(2
 33. The consists of relate$ documents, models and diagrams that depict the
organization in terms of business vision, mission and strategy? (Comprehension)
4. Information architecture
B. Security architecture '
C. Business architecture

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. Technology architecture
Solution
The information architecture documents how organizations manage data assets. The security architecture describes how organizations protect access to
various enterprise assets such as data, information, intellectual property, equipment and facility. The technology architecture shows the
interdependencies among software, hardware, network and other technologies that are needed to run the business. Lastly, the b usiness architecture
maintains an overarching perspective with regard to "business vision, mission, strategy, functions, rules, policies, procedures, processes, organizations
and locations."
Answer C is correctl
Reference
IIBA 2006, 26,

Spectramind Solutions
34. During requirements planning and management, which KEY tasks will a business analyst perform? (Application)
0
A. Analyze stakeholder needs and define solution characteristics
B. Develop analysis models and determine information gaps
C. Structure stakeholder needs and establish stakeholder consensus
Dl Identify key roles and manage the requirements scope
Solution
Key tasks of a business analyst during requirements planning and management include 'identifying key roles, selecting requirements activities, managing
the requirements scope and [performing] ongoing communication of the requirements gathering status." Analyzing stakeholder needs, defining solution
characteristics, developing analysis models, determining information gaps, structuring stakeholder needs and establishing stakeholder consensus are
tasks associated with requirements analysis and documentation.
Answer D is correct.
Reference LI
IIBA 2006, 65, 182.
35. As part of project initiation, the project manager is preparing a tentative list of deliverables and tasks. How can the business analyst help the project
manager at this stage of the project? (Application)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Am Prepare a list of requirements activities and identify all necessary stakeholders
0. Measure overall project performance and help manage changes to the project scope
C. Ensure that project deliverables conform to standards as defined by the organization
D. Monitor the status of all requirements-related risks and prepare corrective actions
Solution
During project initiation, the business analyst helps the project manager in creating a list of requirements activities and identifying all necessary
stakeholders. The rest of the tasks are performed mostly by the project manager during the monitoring and controlling phase of the project.
Answer A is correct.
References
IIBA 2006,65 and PMI 2005,21-22.
36. A business analyst joined an ongoing project to perform requirements planning and management. What documents should the business analyst ask

Spectramind Solutions
for so that he can perform his tasks? (Application)
A. Stakeholder analysis, commur~ication plan and notes from requirements gathering sessions
B. Business environment analysis, enterprise requirements scope and feasibility assessment
C. Requirements documents, project stakeholder analysis and business environment analysis D, Business environment analysis, stakeholder analysis
and enterprise requirements scope
Solution
Inputs to the Requirements Planning and Management knowledge area include docunients froni the Enterprise Analysis knowledge area, namely
business environment analysis, enterprise requirements scope and feasibility assessment. Other than the aforementioned deliverables, the rest are used
primarily as inputs to the Requirements Communication knowledge area.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
R
;;; P
37. As part of understanding the team roles within a project, which task should be performed by the project manager? (Analysis)
A. Planning and managing the requirements

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

0. Assigning project team roles and job titles
C. Initiating and planning project activities
D. Selecting the appropriate requirements format
Solution
TIP: This question can be best answered using the process of elimination.
Business analysts plan and manage the requirements processes. They also select the appropriate requirements format. The proje ct manager may
assign project teams, but the assignment of job titles is outside the project-most likely performed by the human resources department or a
department manager. Given this, initiating and planning project activities is a major task for a project manager.
Answer C is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 67.

Spectramind Solutions
38. Who should be responsible for understanding the team roles and job titles? (Analysis)
A. Executive sponsor
B. Quality assurance analyst
C. Application architect
D. Business analyst
Solution
It is the job of the business analyst to have a good understanding of the various team roles and job titles. The executive sponsor carries overall
project responsibility from a management-level perspective. The QA analyst ensures that the project adheres to generally accepted quality
principles. Lastly, the application architect sets the technical direction of the project and defines the high-level design approach.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 67-68. ,$
L

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

39. Who should the business analyst meet with to determine relevant best practices, regulations, standards, procedures and processes that may
directly or indirectly impact the project? (Analysis)
A. Quality assurance analyst
B. Executive sponsor
C. Corporate trainer
D. Application architect
Solution
The quality assurance analyst ensures that the project adheres to generally accepted quality principles including best practices, regulations,
standards, procedures and processes. The executive sponsor carries overall project responsibility from a management-level perspective. The
corporate trainer develops and delivers curriculum materials based on functional requirements. Lastly, the application architect sets the technical
direction of the project and defines the high- level design approach.
Answer A is correct.
Reference,

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 68.
40. The business analyst needs to identify the overall data requirements of the project. Who would be the MOST appropriate staff member to
approach first? (Analysis)
A. Application architect
B. Information architect
C. Infrastructure analyst
D. Solution owner
Solution
 The information architect evaluates the overall data requirements of an information systems project. The application architect sets the technical
direction of the project and defines the high- level design approach. The infrastructure analyst designs the overall hardware, software, network and
other infrastructure-related aspects of the project. Lastly, the solution owner defines and approves the project scope while ensuring alignment with
the business strategy.
Answer B is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 68;+69.
41. Who provides expertise in a specific business functional area? (Knowledge)
9
A. Data base administrator
B. Solution owner
C. Subject matter expert
. D. Stakeholders
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Solution
The subject matter expert (SME) provides expertise in a specific business functional area. The

Spectramind Solutions
database administrator designs, creates and maintains project databases. The solution owner
defines and approves the project scope while ensuring alignment to the business strategy.
Stakeholders are individuals or groups who may directly or indirectly impact the project.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 69.
42. Who are considered the prime sources of information when planning and managing requirements? (Knowledge)
A. Data modelers
6. Information architects
C. Subject matter experts
D. Stakeholders
Solution
Stakeholders are considered the prime sources of information when planning and managing
requirements. Data modelers (information architects) evaluate the overall data requirements of an information systems project. Subject matter experts
(SMEs) provide expertise in a specific

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

business functional area.
Answer D is correct,
Reference
IIBA 2006, 68-69.
R
43. Which of the following itemb'listed below may also de used as inputs to identify and document team roles and responsibilities? (Knowledge)
A. SDLC standards
6. RACI matrix
C. Template standards
D. Traceability matrix
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
Template standards and the traceability matrix have nothing to do with identifying and documenting team roles and responsibilities, and they should be
eliminated immediately as valid choices. If available, software development life cycle (SDLC) standards may be used as inputs when identifying and
documenting team roles and responsibilities. The RACI matrix is an output, not an input, of the process.
Sample Exan1 Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,70, 72.
44. Who is the ultimate "approver" of requirements? (Knowledge)
A. Project manager
B. Executive sponsor
C. Quality assurance manager
D. Development manager
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The executive sponsor is the ultimate "approver" of requirements. The project manager, quality
assurance manager and development manager may recommend the approval of requirements,
but they do not have the ultimate responsibility for requirement approval.
Answer B is correct,
Reference
IIBA 2006,70.
45. Who should review the requirements for completeness and suitability to ensure the delivery of the overall application goals? (Knowledge)
A. Quality assurance analyst
B. Infrastructure analyst

Spectramind Solutions
C. ~~~lication
architect
D. Information architect
I ,
,, "
,,Solution 6
It is the responsibility of the application architect to review the requirements for completeness and suitability to ensure the delivery of the overall
application goals. The quality assurance analyst helps deliver clear, concise, complete and testable requirements. However, the primary focus of the QA
analyst most likely will be adherence to defined quality procedures and processes rather than "fitness for use" of the end product of the project. The
infrastructure analyst will be involved in the review and approval process from a technical perspective. Lastly, the information architect is primarily
concerned with data requirements.
Answer C is correct,
Reference
IIBA 2006, 71,.
.
46. Who would develop and deliver training courses based on functional requirements?
(Knowledge)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Project manager
B. Business analyst
C. User
D. Trainer
Solution
The trainer is responsible for the development and delivery of courses based on functional
requirements. However, the project manager, business analyst and user may influence the
contents of the course materials.
Answer D is correct,
Reference
IIBA 2006, 71.

Spectramind Solutions
47. The RACI matrix addresses which factors during requirements planning and management? (Knowledge)
A. Responsibility and accountability; who should be consulted and informed
B. Reliability and accountability; which requirements are complete or incomplete C, Responsibility and agreement; which functionalities are
correct or incorrect
D. Requirements and acceptance; which issues to control and investigate
Solution
The RACI matrix is a powerful tool for defining team roles and responsibilities. It details who should be responsible or accountable for a given role. The
matrix also indicates which team members should be consulted or informed on various project activities.
Answer A is correct. I
5c; ,'
Reference
IIBA 2006, 72-73.
48. A person, group, organization or department that has a vested interest in the success of the project is known as a (Knowledge)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Company shareholder
Bm Project stakeholder
C. User representa1:ive
D. Department manager
Solution
'Stakeholders" is a collective term for persons, groups, organizations, departments and others that have a vested interest in the success of the
project. It is likely that a corrlpany shareholder, a user representative and a department manager may have a vested interest in the success of the
project; however, all of them can be referred to collectively as project stakeholders.
Answer B is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 72.

Spectramind Solutions
49. Which of the following roles will NORMALLY have an "accountable" responsibility as part of planning and managing requirements in a
project? (Knowledge)
A. End user
B. Trainer
C. Project manager
D. Quality assurance analyst
Solution
Using the RACI matrix, the project manager normally is considered to be accountable for the
'
planning and management of projects. The end user, trainer and quality assurance analyst
normally are "informed" at this stage of the requirements process.
 Answer C is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 73.
I

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

y .50.~hkhof the.following persons or groups will likely NOT be consulted during the
requirements planning stage of the project? (Knowledge)
A. Executive sponsor
B. Subject matter expert
C. Solution owner
D. Business analyst
Solution
The executive sponsor, subject matter expert and solution owner likely will be consulted during
the requirements planning stage of the project. The business analysis most likely will be
considered "responsible" for requirements planning deliverables.
Answer D is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 73.
51. A list of individuals, groups and representatives who are associated with a project is called a
(Knowledge)
A. Stakeholder list
'
B. Project association
0
C. Project list
D. Business analyst list
Solution
The stakeholder list identifies individuals, groups (person or persons who represent the group)
and representatives who have a vested interest (stake) in the project.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 74.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Scenario for Questions 52-54: As a result of a new government regulation, a project manager was asked to prepare a project charter for the Full
Disclosure Act Project. Meng Li was assigned as the lead business analyst to help define the various team roles for the project. The project manager
and Meng have worked together on previous projects over the last three years, so they
know exactly which project deliverables to prepare from project management and business analysis perspectives.
52. Which of the following tasks will be useful in defining the team roles for the project? (Synthesis)
Am Identify, describe and,categorize the stakeholders
B. define business analyst work division strategy
C. Ensure coordination of information within the team
D. Capture, collect and share tacit knowledge
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
Identifying, describing and categorizing the stakeholders are tasks that facilitate the definition of team roles for the project. Defining the business
analyst work division strategy; ensuring coordination of information within the team; and capturing, collecting and sharing tacit knowledge are
techniques for defining the business analyst work division strategy.
Answer A is correct, Reference
IIBA 2006, 73, 78, 82, 85, 88, 91.
53. What information should be included ih the initial stakeholder list? (Synthesis)
A. Name, job title, project stake and description
5. Name, job title, organization, phone and e-mail
C. Stakeholder name and end user's state or province and telephone number
 D. Name, key stakeholder flag and project stake
Solution
A stakeholder list normally includes the name, job title or job description, organization, address, telephone number and e-mail of each stakeholder. A
stakeholder summary includes name and job title, project stake and description. Lastly, a stakeholder classification documents stakeholder's name,
end user's state or province, key stakeholder flag and number of end users.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 75-76, 79, 83.
54. Who should review the initial list of project stakeholders? (Synthesis)
A. Business analyst, project sponsor and quality manager
B. Business analyst, project manager and development 'manager
C. Business analyst, project manager and project sponsor

Spectramind Solutions
D. Project sponsor and select senior executives only
Solution
<
'-' Ideally, the business analyst, project manager and project sponsor should be involved in reviewing the initial list of project stakeholders.
TIP: Watch for definitive words such as "only," "always," and "all."
In this partic1.11ar question, the word "only" makes one option incorrect. The other options are not necessarily incorrect, but having the business
analyst, project manager and project sponsor review the initial list of project stakeholders is more correct.
Answer C is considered correct.
 Reference
55, Which of the following techniques sho~lld a business analyst use to identify possible
additional stakeholders? (Application)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Focus on stakeholder's customer and suppliers
0. Prepare a matrix to document project stake
C. Ask stakeholders concerning their project roles
D. Send a questionnaire to known stakeholders
Solution
If the questions are posed correctly, sending a questionnaire to known (identified) stakeholders
can help identify or confirm additional stakeholders. The rest of the options are processes and
elements associated with describing the stakeholders-not identifying possible additional
stakeholders.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 76.

Spectramind Solutions
56. What should a business analyst do next if the referenced materials used in stakeholder identif cation were found to be outdated?
(Application)
A. Allocate extra time and effort to confirm the involvement of each person or entity in the stakeholder list
B. Discard the initial stakeholder list and convince the project nianager to cancel the project immediately
C. Start focusing the business analysis effort on stakeholders who expressed interest in seeing the project completed
D. Remove from the list any stakeholders who did not actively participate in -previous similar projects
Solution
One wgakness ofxonsulting reference materials to list potential project resources and stakeholders is that the information may be outdated. In such
cases, the business analyst will need to allocate extra time and effort to confirm the involvement of each person or entity in the stakeholder list. In
some cases, depending on the situation, it may be desirable simply to discard the stakeholder list if the source was found to be outdated. However,
such a situation shoilld not necessarily translate into project cancellation.
It is dangerous to start focusing on specific project stakeholders or, worse yet, remove them from the stakbholder list because of prior unfavorable
project participation. Each stakeholder shouldobe reviewed based on individual merit and potential contribution to the success of the project.
Given this, allocating extra time and effort to confirm the involvenient of each person or entity in the stakeholder list is considered correct.
Answer A is considered correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Sample Exam Questions: IISA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Reference
IIBA 2006,76,
.n
57. Which question should a business analyst ask to identify additional stakeholders? (Application)
A. Which of these two departments should Italk to?
B. Who will be directly impacted by this project?
C. What is the primary objective of this project?
3. '\?/,!auld you like me to include this stakeholder?
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
To identify addi.l:ional stakeholders, the business analyst shoi~ld ask open-ended questions. Of the available choices, only the question that asks whom
will be directly impacted by the project is open-ended. Such question can generate additional stakeholders that the business analyst may not have
thought of.
The other choices are not necessarily incorrect. However, because they limit potential responses, they are not as effective as open-ended questions.
Answer B is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 77.
58. What resoilrces other than a questionnaire can a business analyst use to identify stakeholders? (Application)
A. Shadow the project sponsor for a week
0. Rely on technical managers for information
C. Conduct interviews and Web surveys
D. Ask project specialists to produce a list
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

In addition to sending out questionnaires, conducting interviews and performing Web surveys are acceptable alternatives for identifying additional
stakeholders.
TIP: The process of elimination can be used to answer this question.
The project sponsor may not know all of the project stakeholders, so it can be eliminated as a valid option. Likewise, technical managers and project
specialists may be familiar or~ly with stakeholders within their domain. Although these choices are not necessarily incorrect, conducting interviews and
Web surveys is the most encompassing of all choices.
Answer C is considered correct, Reference
IIBA 2006, 77.
59. What should the business analyst do next after documenting the stakeholder list?

Spectramind Solutions
(Application)
A. Establish a requirements baseline
B. Structure requirements traceability ,
C. Maintain scope approval
Dl Describe the stakeholders
Solution
After identifying stakeholders, the business analyst can describe and categorize the stakeholders. Establishing a requirements baseline,
structuring requirements traceability and maintaining scope approval are all tasks associated within the scope of managing requirements.
Answer D is correct,
 Reference
IIBA 2006, 78, 129-130, 137.
60. After soliciting information froni all stakeholders about their roles and responsibilities in the project, the business analyst shoi~ld
(Application)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Create a stakeholder summary by summarizing and combining the solicited information and the stakeholder list
0. Start preparing the work breakdown structure and allocate resources to tasks, delivera bles and milestones
C. Finalize the preliminary project scope statement by getting approvals for the business
requirements document D. ,:.prepare task estimates and document associated risk mitigation strategies for each project
.
4
(
role
Solution
After stakeholder identification, the business analyst can start si~mmarizing stakeholder
'
information such as name and job title, project stake and description. Subsequently, the business
analyst may also classify the stakeholders based on certain categories such as geographic
location, number of users, and shared systems.

Spectramind Solutions
The rest of the choices are niostly project management tasks, making them incorrect.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 78-79, 82-83.
61.A matrix that lists name and job title, project stake and de'scription is called: (Knowledge)
A. Stakeholder summary
B. Stakeholder list
C. Stakeholder classification
 D. RACI matrix
Solution
The stakeholder summary lists name and job title, project stake and description. Although the
* stakeholder list normally is the starting point when creating the 'stakeholder summary and stakeholder classification tables, it captures the
following information: name, job title or job description, organization, address, phone and e-mail-not project stake and description of each stakeholder.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The RACI matrix (responsible, accountable, consulted and informed) is a tool for documenting roles and responsibili,l:ies-not the project stakes and
description of each stakeholder.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 75-76, 79, 83.
62. What riiakes a stakeholder list different from a stakeholder summary? (Comprehension)
A. The stakeholder summary is the starting point for the stakeholder list

Spectramind Solutions
B. The stakeholder list is the starting point for the stakeholder summary
C. The stakeholder classification is the starting point for the stakeholder list
D. The stakeholder summary is the closing point for the stakeholder classification
Solution
In terms of sequence, the stakeholder list serves as the predecessor of the stakeholder summary. Subsequently, the stakeholder classification can be
created from the Stakeholder List.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
 IIBA 2006, 75-76, 79, 81.
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
a
63. If the business analyst's primary objective during an interview with a stakeholder is to
determine the stakeholder's authority within the project, the questions should focus on which

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

of the following areas? (Comprehension)
A. Organizational issue, existing system and c~~rrent
process
0. Risk tolerance, organizational impact and needs assessment
C. Job function, conflict resolution and task responsibility
D. Business concerns, geographic location and project risks
Solution
When interviewing stakeholders, the business analyst solicits information to determine the
stakeholder's involvement and authority. The interview may also include discussions concerning
project impact. Given this, questions about job function, conflict resolution and task responsibility
help the business analyst determine the stakeholder's level of authority within the project. The
rest of the topics within the other potential answers are geared more toward project ir~lpact.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 80.
64. After the business analyst receives satisfactory responses to several questions intended to
determine a stakeholder's levels of involvement and authority within a project, which
question below should be asked next? (Application)
,
 A. Will you be involved in providing the requirements?
0. Who will be responsible for assigning the resources?
C. How will changes in the requirements be managed?
D. How many users will be affected by this project?
Solution
>

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

When interviewing stakeholders, the business analyst solicits information from stakeholders to
determine their levels of involvement and level of authority, as well as how their respective
domains will be impacted by the project. From the question statement, it appears that the lev'el
of involvement and level of authority have been established. Therefore, it is logical to focus the
o
next question on the project's impact. The question "How many users will be affected by this
project?" will help determine the project's impact. The rest of the questions attempt to establish
the level of involvement and the level of authority, which already has been done.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 80.
65. If an interview with stakeholders is necessary, which of the following options are acceptable for the business analyst to use? (Application)

Spectramind Solutions
A, Telephone and video conference
B. E-mail and discussion board
C. Blog and interactive chat
D. Conference call and news groups
Solution
Telephone and video conference are acceptable means of interviewing stakeholders. An e-mail questionnaire may also be used for an interview, but the
discussion board is not commonly used. Although an interactive chat can be an effective interview medium, a blog is not suited for an interview. Similarly,
conference calls can be used appropriately for an interview, but not news groups.
Answer A is correct,
Reference
IIBA 2006, 81.
66. When interviewing stakeholders, which of the following topics may a business analyst focus on? (Application)
A. Analysis skills, businessjdomain knowledge and IT knowledge
B. Level of involvement, level of authority and project impact

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

C. Meeting management, presentation skills and decision-making skills
D. Negotiation skills, systems thinking and cultural awareness
Solution
When interviewing stakeholders, the business analyst solicits information from stakeholders to determine their level of involvement and level of
authority, as well as how their respective domains will be impacted by the project.
The basic skills of a business analyst include analysis skills, business/domair~ knowledge and IT knowledge. The advanced skills comprise meeting
management, presentation skills, decision- making skills, negotiation skills, systems thinking and cultural awareness, and more. Options A, C and D are
incorrect because they identify skills desirable in a business analyst, not a stakeholder.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 81, 312-313.

Spectramind Solutions
,,;:
67. During the initial stakeholder interviews, what should the business analyst focus on?
(Application)
A. Specific functionality within the system as described in the project scope
B. The stakeholder's gestures, tone of voice and body language
C. Specific point of involvement, level of authority or project impact
D. The clarity of the response to questions, including detailed supporting information
Solution
During the initial stakeholder interviews, each question should focus on a specific poiht of
involvement, level of authority or project impact so that the business analyst can properly elicit a
"description" for the stakeholder summary.
It would be uncommon for a business analyst to start discussing specific system fi~nctionalities
during the early stage of stakeholder interviews.
By being aware of nonverbal behaviors (gestures, tone of voice and body language), the business analyst can have more productive discussions with the
stakeholders. However, the main focus still involves determining the specific point of involvement, level of authority or project impact.
Although the clarity of the response to questions is highly desirable, it only plays a secondary role relative to the main purpose of stakeholder interviews.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 79-81.
68. What would be the logical next steps after requirements elicitation? (Analysis)
A. Enterprise analysis, and requirements planning and management
B. Enterprise analysis and requirements communication
C. Requirements analysis and documentation, and enterprise analysis
D. Requitements analysis and documentation, and solution assessment and " validation
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
The logical next steps after requirements elicitation include requirements an-alysis and documentation, and solution assessment and
validation.
TIP: Make sure that you are very familiar with the body of knowledge relationships and interdependencies.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 15, 152.
69. What immediately precedes requirements analysis and documentation? (Analysis)
 A. Requirements elicitation
B. Requirements planning and management
C. Requirements communication
D. Solution assessment and validation
Solution
' The Requirements Elicitation knowledge area immediately precedes the Requirements Analysis and Documentation knowledge area.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

TIP: Make sure that you are very familiar with the body of knowledge relationships and
interdependencies.
Answer A is correct,
Reference
IIBA 2006, 15, 152.
.. 70. What immediately follows requirements elicitation? (Analysis)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Requirements planning and management
B. Requirements analysis and documentation
C. Solution assessment and validation
D. Requirements communication
Solution
The Requirements Analysis and Documentation knowledge area immediately follows the
Requirements Elicitation knowledge area.
TIP: Make sure that you are very familiar with the body of knowledge relationships and
interdependencies.
 Answer B is correct.
Reference .

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 152.
71. What sliould the business analyst do if gaps are found after requirements elicitation? (Application)
A. Document the requirements gaps as out-of-scope items
B. Derive the gaps using reasoning, intuition and experience
C. Elicit additional details to fill the gaps in the requirements
D. Suggest functionalities to address the hig h-priority gaps
Solution 3
If gaps are found after requirements elicital:ion, the business analyst should elicit additional details to fill the gaps in the requirements. A requirement gap
does not necessarily mean that the item is out of scope. It is also very dangerous to derive how the gaps shoi~ld be addressed- through reasoning,
intuition and experience-and to suggest functionalities to address the high- priority gaps. When in doubt, ask the stakeholders.
B
Answer C is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 152.
72. Thomas is working on a large project with a very strict time constraints. Which of the following are acceptable means of eliciting requirements?
(Application)
A. Organize focus groups and create or~line discussion boards
B. Conduct several opinion polls and outsource individual interviews
C. Create a blog, ask for feedback and summarize key-findings
Dl Perform interviews, facilitate meetings and send questionnaires
Solution
Performing interviews, facilitating meetings and sending questionnaires are all valid means of requirements elicitation. Given the very strict time
constraints of the large project, facilitating a meeting and/or sending questionnaires may be more appropriate than performing individual interviews.
The rest of the options are incorrect because they tend to be passive (online discussion boards and blogs) and time consuming (focus groups and
opinion polls).
Answer D is correct.
73. If each of the following has been completed, which one should a business analyst consult prior to starting requirements elicitation? (Application)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A, Enterprise analysis
B. Gap analysis , C, Reqi~irements communication
D. Solution assessment
Solution
If already completed, enterprise analysis serve as inputs to requirements elicitation.
Ae?swer A is correct,
Reference
IIBA 2006, 153.
74. What set of deliverables should the business analyst produce after requirements elicitation? (Application)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Notes
6. None
C. Responses
D,Comments
Solution
"Unlike other knowledge areas, e,g., Requirements Analysis and Documentation, the
Requirements Analysis KA does not have a prescribed set of deliverables."
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 153.
75. What knowledge should the business analyst possess to be effective during requirements elicitation? (Application)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Information elicitation and assessment; effective interviewing; listening and oral
communication
B. Business documentation; finding and leveraging patterns; collaborative session facilitation
C. Elicitation and research approaches; effective elicitation techniques; business organization
D. Effective elicitation techniques; business organization and domain; elimination of root cause conflicts
j

Spectramind Solutions
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
 Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
77. After determining that adequate elicited requirements exist, what would be the MOST appropriate next step? (Application)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Spectramind Solutions
A, Proceed with requirements analysis and documentation
B. Start preparing the enterprise analysis doc~.~mentation
C. Interview all of the stakeholders again to finalize the requirements
D. Communicate the high-level requirements to stakeholders

Solution

Take note that requirements elicitation does not have a predefined set of deliverables. Based on the
business analyst's best judgment, it is appropriate to commence requirements analysis and documentation
if it can be established that adequate elicited requirements exist.

'The other options are incorrect for the following reasons:

Enterprise analysis outputs serve as inputs to other knowledge areas including requirements 2licitation.
Therefore, this step would have been completed already.

If adequateelicited requirements exist, what value does it bring to interview ALL of the
stakeholders again?

It is premature to start commuriicating the high-level requirements to stakeholders prior to

requirements analysis and documentation.

Answer A is correct. Reference

IIBA 2006, 153. .?J

78. At a minimum, what should the business analyst have to ensure that requirements elicitation activities
are framed and contained appropriately? (Application)

A. Work breakdown structure

B. System scope definition :: d
C. List of stakeholders
D. Framing and containment plan

Solution

"A definition of the system's scope is the minimum requisite needed to frame and contain the
requirements elicitation activities."

Answer B is correct. Reference

IIBA 2006, 154.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional

79. To properly elicit requirements, the business analyst will need to apply various knowledge in (Application)

A. General business practices, IT-enabled business solutions, and standard business concepts and guidelines
B. Industry domains, emerging business concepts and line of business interactions within the enterprise C.
Research approaches, effective elicitation techniques, and business organization and domain D. Current
business concepts, enterprise knowledge organization and standard architectural semantics

Solution

The business analyst will need to apply knowledge of elicitation and research approaches, effective elicitation
techniques, and business organization domain to perform the task of eliciting requirements. The other'choices
list the requisite knowledge for creating and maintaining the business architecture-not for eliciting requirements.

Answer C is correct.
Reference

80. What would be an appropriate requirements elicitation technique if the main objective is
to witness how a group of stakeholders performs certain tasks and to understand how the
stakeholders' processes interact from beginning to end? (Application) .,i A. Process flow
analysis B. Interaction analysis C. Interview D. Observation
I ."'
Solution .TIP: In the actual exam, read the question carefully to make sure that you
fullyl';;nderstand question being asked. Bthe

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

, I I I,
For example, the keyword 'witness" in the question stem alludes to some sort of
observation or surveillance of hw a group of stakeholders performs its tasks. Although it
might be possible to get the same information through an interview or by analyzing I
process flow and interaction diagrams, only observation can capture the genuine
performance of tasks and of process interactions in their native setting.
C

Answer D is considered correct. Reference I !

IIBA 2006, 154. ,.

81. If the project manager warned the business analyst to watch out for the stakeholder's nonverbal
cues, what should the analyst focus on during the interview? (Application)

A. Voice intonation, hand gestures and facial expressions

B. Implied needs and expectations, and insinuated requirements
C. Normal, expected and exciting needs and requirements
D. Emerging conflicts, consensus issues and potential problems

Solution

Nonverbal behaviors such as hand gestures, facial expressions and voice intonation are essential parts of
oral communication. During normal conversations and, most importantly, during requirements elicitation,
the business analyst should remain cognizant of nonverbal commi~nication when dealing with various
stakeholders.

Answer A is correct.
D

Reference

IIBA 2006, 154.

82. Which of the following requirements elicitation skills will be most appropriate to make sense out of
seemingly unrelated information? (Application)

A. Abstract thinking and pattern analysis

B. Data observation and information assessment
C. Written and oral communication
D. Mind mapping and work breakdown structure

Solution

Abstract thinking and pattern analysis can help make sense out of seerr~ingly unrelated
information.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer A is correct,

Reference

IIBA 2006, 154.

83. To guard against scope creep during requirements elicitation, it is imperative that the business
analyst (Application)

A. Discard stakeholder responses that were deemed outside the project scope and focus on 'wants"
instead of 'needs"
B. Trace the requirements back to the business goals and objectives, and validate each
requirement thoroughly
C. Maintain strict adherence to the project's glossary of terms to prevent urlnecessary user
reql-~irements
D. Prepare an executive summary and constantly refer back to it to ensure alignment to objectives

Solution

To prevent scope creep, it is imperative that business analysts trace the requirements back to the business
goals and objectives, and validate each requirement thoroughly during requirements elicitation.

As the name implies, requirements elicitation focuses on getting information. Therefore, it will be premature
to start discriminating between "wants" and "needs." Adhering to the project's glossary of terms and using
an executive summary to ensure alignment to objectives are inappropriate approaches for managing the
project scope.

Answer B is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 155.

84. A key project stakeholder suggested ,that the business analyst perform a document analysis. What
should the business analyst do? (Application)

A. Analyze external interfaces

0. Perforni reverse engineering
C. Review existing documentation .
D. Analyze questionnaire results

Solution

Document analysis involves reviewing existing documentantion.

Answer C is correct.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference

IIBA 2006, 155.

85. If a task in the project work breakdown structure (WBS) states that the business analyst needs
to conduct a requirements workshop, which of the following options may she perform?
(Application)

A. Brainstorn-~ing, docun'lent analysis, focus group and interface analysis

6. Group interview, observation, prototyping and reverse engineering
C. External interface analysis, job shadowing, navigation flow and questionnaire
B. Elicitation workshop, facilitated workshop and joint application design (JAD)

Solution

Requirements elicitation is synonymous with elicitation workshop, facilitated workshop or joint

application design (JAD).

Document analysis = review existing documentation Interface analysis = external. interface analysis
Observation = job shadowing Prototyping = storyboarding and navigation flow Survey = questionnaire

Answer D is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006,155.

Scenario for Questions 86-90: Genomics Corporation (GenCor) is a private equity firm that
invests in mid-sized European companies that show great promise in DNA sequencing of
organisms. GenCor recently purchased IntraGenomic, Inc., an organization that researches
interactions between genes, and MicroMatics Limited, an established and highly technical firm
that develops micro arrays and bioinformatics tools. Despite the agile nature of both companies,
they maintain up-to-date documentation of their existing processes and procedures.

GenCor started a major project to merge the two companies to leverage their collective strength.
The first phase of the project involves devising ways to merge the two companies and to identify
potential "connection points' whe~e new externa@interfaces, either processes or systems, should
be developed or enhanced.

86. Given the scenario, what would be the MOST appropriate sequence to perform the following
requirements elicitation techniques? (Synthesis)

A. Document analysis, interface analysis, brainstorming and requirements workshop

6. Reverse engineering, survey, prototyping, brainstorming and joint application design (JAD)
C. Requirements workshop, elicitation workshop, facilitated workshop and joint application
design (JAD)
D. Focus group, interview, observation, job shadowing, interface analysis and requirements
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
 workshop
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional

Solution

The scenario indicates that ample documentation exists for both companies. Given
this, it is appropriate to start reviewing existing documentation (document analysis)
and start analyzirlg external interfaces. Document and interface analysis will equip
the business analyst with baseline inforniation from which he or she can facilitate
brainstorming sessions to come up with various options for how to merge the two
companies. The results of interface analysis can also provide the context in
identifying potential process or system connection points.

Answer A is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 155.

87. If it is necessary to determine how employees at both companies perform certain tasks and if the
documentation of these tasks must be validated by the managers, which elicitation techniques
I

wo~~ld

be considered appropriate? (Synthesis)

I

-
!
A. Brainstorming and focus group
f

B. Job shadowing and storyboarding

C. Document analysis and survey

D. Prototyping and reverse engineering I

Solution

Job shadowing will allow the business analyst to observe how employees perform
their tasks. If followed by prototyping, sharing of storyboards and navigation flows
facilitates clarification and confirmation of elicited requirements.

Answer B is correct,

Reference

IIBA 2006, 155-156.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

 (I

B
.
88. What would be an appropriate approach for devising ways to merge the two
companies? (Synthesis)

A. Review existing documentation and spend more time on interface

analysis instead of interviewing, observing or surveying the
stakeholders
B. Place less emphasi$ on elicitation workshop, facilitated workshop and joint
application design (JAW
C. Attack the problem in a commando fashion and keep at it in order to
come up with several idgas from multiple perspectives
D. Organize an outdbor party for key players from both companies and
informally gather important personal information
Solution

TIP: Watch out for keywords that may help you answer a question correctly.

The word "devising" indicates that the brainstorming elicitation technique is in order. Brainstorming
includes two parts: idea generation and idea reduction. During idea generation, brainstorming participants
can continuously attack the problem (how to merge the two companies) in order to come up with several
ideas from multiple perspectives. After generating the various ideas, it is logical to reduce them into a
handful of options for implementation. Take note that the BABOKused the phrase "commando fashion" to
describe the brainstorming process.

Answer C is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006,156.

89. Who should be considered key stakeholders during requirements elicitation? (Synthesis)

A. Senior executives of GenCor, IntraGenomic, Inc. and MicroMatics Limited, and some
managers
B. Some executives and key senior managers of GenCor, mid-level managers and project manager
C. Senior executives of GenCor, IntraGenomic, Inc. and MicroMatics Limited, and project manager
D. GenCor, IntraGenomic, Inc., MicroMatics Limited, project manager and the project team

Solution

Key stakeholders of requirements elicitation include the business owner, business~'user, domain expert,
project manager and the project team.
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Answer D is correct.
/,< d
Reference

IIBA 2006,156.

90. The business analyst decided to interview several senior researchers and technical specialists in
person across twenty cities over ten days to solicit their opinions on how to merge the two companies.
Was the chosen requirements elicitation technique appropriate? (Evaluation)

A. No; sending questionnaires could have achieved comparable results

B. Yes; it is important to establish personal relationships with key stakeholders
C. No; brainstorming and document analysis would have been more cost-effective
D. Yes; job shadowing is an effective technique during root-cause analysis
Solution

Questionnaires are effective at eliciting information from m~~ltiple

individuals, especially in a very short amount of

time. Although it is important to establish personal relationships with stakeholders, the time and cost
constraints will most likely preclude the use of individual interviews.

Answer A is considered correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 156, 177.

91. Which elicitation technique is suitable for generating creative ideas about a specific area of interest?
(Knowledge]

A. Brainstorming
B. Interview
C. Observation
D. Prototyping

Solution

Brainstorming sessions help generate creative ideas for a specific area of interest. In contrast, interviewing
is a systematic approach for eliciting information froni an individual or a group of individuals. Observation
involves watching how SI-~bject matter experts perform tasks in their own environment. Lastly, prototyping
helps uncover and visualize requirements prior to design and development.
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Answer A is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 156, 164, 167, 170.

92. What is the proper sequence for conducting a brainstorming session? (Comprehension)

A. Reduce, re-use and recycle

B. Prepare, conduct and wrap up
C. Prepare, analyze and reduce
D. Generate, reduce and assess

Solution

Brainstorming involves preparing, conducting and wrapping up. During preparation, it is irr~portant to
develop a clear and concise definition of the topic. Sharing, discussing and recording of ideas occur after
the preparation. At the predefined time limit, the facilitator finalizes the ideas, rates and ranks them if
appropriate, and then distributes the results.
Answer B is correct.

Reference

118A 2006, 157.

93. Sharing new ideas, recording all ideas and encouraging participants to be creative are typical
characteristics of (Comprehension)

A. Interviewing heterogeneous teams B, Facilita,ting

homogenous groups
C, Conducting a brainstorming session
D. Preparing for document analysis

During brainstorming sessions, the facilitator encourages all participants to share, capture and expand
the list of ideas.

Answer C is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 157.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

94. After the allotted one hour to brainstorm the requirements for a business process reengineering
project, the participants begin to divert from the original area of interest but the discussions remain
very engaging. What should the business analyst do next? (Application) '

A. Commend the participants for their candid and open discussions, and encourage them to dig deeper
into the divergent topic to uncover unique ideas
B. Remind the participants to limit their discussions tp about three ideas per topic and start discussion
of a ne\ng topic that the participants find interesting during the session
C. ~ncoura~e

the participants to exceed the allotted time limit and to continue the
conversations because the ideas may solve issues with another project

D. Use the predetermined evaluation criteria to evaluate the ideas, create a consolidated
list, rate the ideas and distribute the final list to all parties

Solution

After reaching the allotted time limit, it is imperative that the facilitator start wrapping up the brainstorriling
session. Wrap-up activities entail using the predetermined evaluation criteria to evaluate the ideas, creating
a consolidated list, rating the ideas and distributing the final list to all parties.

Answer D is correct.
Reference

IIBA 2006, 157.

95. During a brainstorming session,. one participant started suggesting unusual ideas within the
defined area of interest. If the business analyst is facilitating the session, what would be an
appropriate reaction? (Application)

A. Thank the participant and ask others to build on the unusual ideas
0. Remind the participant that the session is the wrong place for unusual ideas
C. Acknowledge the suggestion and gently remind the participant of the rules
D. Ignore the suggestion and tactfully focus the attention on other participants
1

Solution

Idea generation is a key element of brainstorming sessions. Ideas should be shared without
discussions, criticisms or evaluation. Facilitators should encourage participants to come up with
creative ideas and ask others to build upon them.

Answer A is correct.

Reference

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 157.

96. What should the business analyst do after performing requirements elicitation? (Application)

A. Ask the stakeholders to sign off on the requirements and initiate the formal configuration
management process
B. Focus on the'development of analysis models and start identifying the gaps that were
provided by the stakeholders
C. Assess the effectiveness of requirements elicitation techniques and continue eliciting
requirements until told to stop
D. Communicate the relevant requirements to$ll parties and finalize the enterprise analysis
RL

delivera bles

Solution

The logical next step after requirements elicitation is requirements analysis and documentation. ,During
'

requirements analysis and documentation, the business analyst focuses on developing analysis models
and performing gap analysis on the requirements provided by the stakeholders.

Answer B is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 15, 182.

97. Who should the business analyst consult during requirements analysis and documentation to
ensure that the requirements are correct, complete and consistent? (Application)

A. Key business users, supervisors and managers

0. Techr~ical managers and senior managers only
C. Users, senior management, customers and the public
D. Lead analyst and senior documentation specialist

Solution

The business analyst may consult the users, senior managers, customers, the public and other
stakeholders to verify and validate the elicited requirements during requirements analysis and
documentation. Consulting key business users, supervisors and managers is not necessarily wrong;
however, option C is "more correct" because it is more comprehensive. In most cases, it will be unwise
to consult only techr~ical managers and senior managers during requirements analysis and
documentation because they represent a limited perspective on the entire project.

Answer C is considered correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 182.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
 98. Analyzing, documenting, validating and verifying requirements are major tasks associated with
(Analysis)

A. Solution assessment and validation

B. Enterprise analysis and communication
C. Software quality assurance and software testing
Dl Requirements analysis and documentation

Solution

Tasks associated with Requirements Analysis and Validation knowledge area include structuring
requirements, creating the business domain model, and analyzing fi~nctional requirements and
,. supplemenpry quality of service requirements. Analysis, documentation, validation and verification are also major tasks of re quirements analysis and documentation.

Answer D is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 183-184.

99. Which of the following are tasks associated with Requirements Analysis and Documentation
knowledge area? (Analysis)

A. Structuring requirements, creating the business domain model, and determining assumptions
and constraints
B. Managing requirements conflicts, determining the appropriate requirements format and creating a
requirements package
C. Conducting requirements presentation, conducting formal requirements review and managing
requirements conflicts
D. Creating a requirements communication plan, determining the appropriate requirements format and
obtaining sign off

Solution

Tasks associated with Requirements Analysis and Validation knowledge area include structuring
requirements, creating the business domain model, analyzing functional requirements, and determining
assumptions and constraints. Analysis, documentation, validation and verification are certainly major tasks
of Requirements Elicitation and Analysis knowledge area.

All of the tasks mentioned in the other options are associated with Requirements Communication
knowledge area-not Requirements Analysis and Documentation knowledge area.

Answer A is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 183, 269-270.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

100. What should the business analyst produce as the final output of requirements analysis and
documentation? (Analysis)

A. Conipleted models and tables

B. Fi~lly specified requirements
C. Signed off requirements
D. Draft requirements documents
;i
.
*
R
Solution "'

"Fully specified requirements are the primary outputff of requirements analysis and
documentation. Sign off occurs as part of requirements communication.

Answer B is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 184, 270.

101. Which of the following are requirements analysis techniques? (Comprehension)

A. Matrix-style modeling and documentation, and business process analysis

B. Graphical, textual, object-oriented analysis and structured analysis
C. Graphical, textual, and matrix-style modeling and documentation
D. Business process analysis, object-oriented analysis and structured analysis

Solution

Requirements analysis techniques include graphical, textual, and matrix-style modeling and
documentation,

Be careful with business process analysis, object-oriented analysis and structured analysis. The
BABOKcalls these as the three broad solution development methodologies and not requirements analysis
techniques!

Answer C is correct.

Reference

102. Business Process Mapping is a component of larger methodologies such as

(Comprehension)

A. Software development life cycle and project management life cycle

B. Six Sigma, lean manufacturing, quality engineering and zero-defect
C. Business analysis, enterprise analysis and organizational transformation
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
D. Business process engineering, transformation and reengineering

Solution

"Business Proces Analysis (also referred to as Business Process Mapping is a component of larger
methodologies such as Business Process Engineering, Business Process Transformation, Business
Process Reengineering and Business Process Modeling."
,."

Answer D is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 185.

103. Identification of Use Cases entails (Comprehension)

A. Describing the interactions of actors with the system to achieve their goals
B. Collecting processes that the system will execute to focus on input and output
C. Characterizing current processes and recommending future praresses
D. Identifying areas where users may need assistance in using the system
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional

Solution

Identifica,l:ion of Use Cases entails describing the interactions of actors with the system to achieve
their goals.

"Structured Analysis views a system primarily as a collection of processes executed by the

system, and analysis is therefore process-centric."

Business Process Analysis models current processes and recommended future processes.

Answer A is correct,

' Reference

IXBA 2006, 185.

104. Structuring requirements packages nieans (Cornprehension)

A, simplifying the requirements and combining similar packages into a cohesive and simple
structure
B, Refining the problem boundary and solution scope definitions developed in
Enterprise Analysis
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
 C. Performing a structured analysis of requirements and categorizing them into appropriate
packages
D. Categorizing business requirements, establishing priorities and classifying risky project
delivera bles
>

Solution

"The purpose of structuring requirements into packages is to refine the problenl boundary and
solution scope definitions defined in Enterprise Analysis."

Answer B is correct.

Reference

105. What is the main objective of structuring requirements packages? (Comprehension)

A. Structuring jequirements into packages to allow stakeholders to easily review and approve
their requirements
B. Simplify the requirements to reduce complexity, remove redundancy, introduce a structure
and eliminate unnecessary information
C. Ensuring that the problem model continues to accurately provide the boundary for
requirements analysis and solution development
D. Categorizing reql-~irements packages into low, medium and high priorities, including
differentiating users' needs and their wants

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
 Sarr~ple Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional

107. A business analyst who is structuring solution definitions can be expected to

(Comprehension)

A. Decompose the solution into smaller subsets to enable the development of high- level
estimates for feasibility purposes
B. Analyze, design, develop, test and implement the structure of the solution to ensure its
alignment with enterprise analysis documentation

C. Prepare a work breakdown structure, allocate three-point estimates to each task and define high-level
tasks dependencies
D. Allocate the solution definition tasks to project managers because it is their primary
responsibility in all requirenients projects

Solution

Most projects are too complex to be managed in their entirety. Given this fact, business analysts often
decompose a problem into manageable tasks to allow for ttie creation of high-level estimates. Business
a~ialysts also continually assess the viability of developing a solution to the problem as defined in the
project charter.

Answer A is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 187.

108. When are stakeholder goals developed and prioritized? (Comprehension)

A. Stakeholder goals are developed and prioritized during enterprise analysis; sometimes goals are
updated during requirements communication
B. Stakeholder goals are developed during enterprise analysis and are prioritized during
requirements planning and management
C. Stakeholder goals continuously evolve throughout the project and are considered fully developed
after the requirements prioritization phase
D. Stakeholder goals are developed prior to the project and are prioritized shortly after
requirements planning and management
I

4 ,.
'

Solution
'
Stakeholder goals are developed during enterprise analysis and are prioritized during the
requirements planning and management.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer B is correct,

Reference

IIBA 2006, 188.

109. Which of the following statements is correct concerning stakeholder goals?
(Comprehension)

A. Stakeholdergoals are preliminary project scope statements

B. Stakeholder goals cannot be changed after project initiation
C. Stakeholder goals are high-level, textual business requirements
D. Stakeholder goals can replace project goals and objectives

Solution

Stakeholder goals are high-level, textual business requirements that often are broken down into low-level,
measurable objectives.

Answer C is correct.
.3

Reference

IIBA 2006,188.
e

110. Which of the following statements is correct concerning functional decomposition?

(Comprehension)

A. Functional decomposition is an important deliverable of enterprise analysis

B. Functional decomposition extends and enhances nonfunc1:ional decom posi8tion
C. Fi~nctional decomposition focuses on capabilities, conditions and constraints
D. Functional deconiposition identifies the high-level functions of an organization

Solution

Functional decorr~position lists the high-level functions of an organization or a proposed solution and
breaks down these functions into subprocesses and activities. 'The decomposition process occurs either as
part of either systems developnlent or business process analysis, with the main objective of dividing the
processes into manageable pieces to enable proper analysis and to ensure coverage of key processes.
The functional decomposition diagram is often represented using a hierarchical diagram, tree-like diagram
or numbered subfunctions.

Answer D is correct.

Reference
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
IIBA 2006,189.
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional

111 How can a business analyst document the identification of high-level functions into
subprocesses and activities, either as part of systems developnient or part of business
process analysis? (Comprehension)

A. Hierarchical diagram, tree diagram and numbered subfunctions

B. Identification document, subprocess hierarchy and process mapping
C. Functional identification, development documents and process mapping
D. Enterprise analysis, work breakdown structure and requirements corr~niur~ication

Solution

Functional decomposition lists the high-level functions of an organization or a proposed solution

and breaks it down into subprocesses and activities. The decomposition process occurs either
as part of systems development or as part of business process analysis, with the main objective
of dividing the processes into manageable pieces to enable proper analysis and to ensure
coverage of key processes. The functional decomposition diagram often is represented using a
hierarchical diagram, tree-like diagram or numbered subfunctions.

Answer A is correct.

Reference

112. What roles do project managers and business analysts play when decomposing
solution models? (Comprehension)

A. Business analysts create the models; project managers use the models to verify the
scope of the solution and to assess the work required to finish the project
B. Project managers design the solution; business analysts conduct detailed analysis to
determine the feasibility of the solution and to communicate the solution
C. Business analysts and project managers review the pros and cons of the proposed
solution, respectively, to determine its strengths and weaknesses
D. Both play the project decomposition game using work breakdown structure, cost-benefit
analysis and preliminary project schedule estimates
f.
i'
d
Solution

During solution model decomposition, business analysts create the models and the project
managers use the models to verify the scope of the solution and to assess the work required
to finish the project.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

 Answer A is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 190.

113. What roles do business analysts and the implementation team play when working with solution
models? (Comprehension)

A. Implementation teams design, develop and test the solutions, and business analysts validate and
verify the solution against the project scope
B. Business analysts choose how to structure the information in the model, and
iniplementation teams work on specific lower-level problems
C. Implementation teams prepare the initial solution model, and the business analyst
decomposes the model and finalizes it with the customers
D. Both usually play the solution definition game using scenario analysis, alternative option
resolution, SWOT analysis and model simulation

Solution
,

With regard to decon~posing solution models, business analysts choose how to structi~re the
information in the model, and implementation teams work on specific lower-level problems.

Answer B is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 190.

114. Which of the following tasks focuses on describing the current and future state of the
enterprise? (Comprehension)

A. Structuring requirements packages

0. Analyzing user requirements
C. Creating the business domain model
D. Analyzing functional requirements

Solution

Create business domain model-descri be the current and future state of the enterprise.
0

Structure requirements packages-refine the problem boundary and solution scope definitions that were
developed during enterprise analysis.

Analyze user requirements-capture and describe how the requirements will affect a specific group,
and ensure that the needs of the stakeholders are met by the solution.
0

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Analyze functional requirements-review the functional requirements to look for patterns, remove
redundancy and fill in the gap in order to fully describe the desired behavior of a solution.

Answer C is correct,

Reference

IIBA 2006,186,191-193.
115. Which statement is correct about the business domain model? (Comprehension)

A. Measures the effectiveness of the requirements effort

B. Defines the feasibility of the project objectives
C. Depicts the boundaries of the requirements project

D. Describes the current and future states of the enterprise

Solution

The business domain model describes the current ('as is1') and future ('to be'') states of the
enterprise.

Answer D is correct.

Reference

116. The creation of the business domain model generates the (Comprehension)

A. High-level description of the current situation

B. High-level description of the proposed solution only
C. Low-level description of the 'as is" and "to be" models only
D. Enterprise perspective of the proposed project solution

Solution

"A high-level description of ,the as-is system and processes, and to-be proposed solution" is a key
deliverable when creating the business domain model.

TIP: Be careful when you see the word 'only" because it precludes other options.

a Answer A is correct, Reference

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

 IIBA 2006, 192.

117. Which of the following factors should the business analyst consider when analyzing user
o

requirements? (Comprehension) .

A. X and Y factors, complexity factors, environmental factors and project status

B. Complexity of the solution, number of stakeholder groups and level of consensus

C. Requirements categories, requirements priorities and project manager's experience
D. Seniority of stakeholders, organizational hierarchy and availability of templates
Solution

When analyzing user requirements, business analysts need to consider the application usage, number of
stakeholder groups, solution complexity and level of consensus among stakeholders to determine whether
it is necessary to develop separate user requirements for each group of stakeholders. .
Answer B is correct.

Reference

118. Functional requirements (~om~reheniion)

A. Capture the capabilities, conditions and constraints of another system the project intends to replicate
B. List the high-level business requirements, low-level user requirements and detailed
functionalities
C. Describe the behavior that the solution will manage and the capabilities the system must
exhibit
D. Highlight important project requirements such as reliability, portability, maintainability and usability

Functional requirements describe the behavior that the solution will manage and the capabilities that the
system must ext-libit.

Answer C is correct.

Reference

IIBA 2006, 193.

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
119. The process of analyzing and specifying user requirements is identical to the processes used to
analyze (Com prehension)

A. New organizational processes, departmental procedures, and international requirements

B. Business process reengineering, overall enterprise efficiency and cost-benefit analysis
C. Regulatory compliance requirements, privacy requirements and industry standards
D. Functional requirements, quality of service requirements, and assumptions and constraints

Solution

The process of analyzing and specifying user requirements is identical to the processes used to analyze
functional requirements, quality of service requirements, and assuniptions and constraints.
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional

Answer D is correct. Reference

IIBA 2006, 193.

120. Which of the following considerations are important when creating textual documentation?
(Comprehension)

A. Avoid complex sentences, inconsistent terminologies and long paragraphs

B. Include several matrices and diagrams to make the document more appealing
C. Place models after every two or three requirements to make text easier to read
D. Select varying fonts and multiple typefaces to highlight important elements

Solution

When creating textual documentation, it is best to avoid complex sentences, inconsistent

terminologies and long paragraphs. Do not make assumptions concerning the level of the reader's
knowledge. State the requirements using an active voice.

Answer A is correct. Reference

IIBA 2006, 194.

121. Business rilles are often described (Knowledge)

A. Textually
B. Graphically
C. Accurately
D. Truthfully

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution

"Some requirements are best stated in simple textual sentences and paragraphs. As an example, business
rules are often described textually."

Answer A is correct. Reference

IIBA 2006, 194.

',, ,

,.. ,

,i I -
1, I .-
:!I ! -
'8

I
,-
I-
-

'il I : I
, .
i .--!I,. ; =
.I. . --

.' I

8 -
,i! :-
,,
,8
I

I!. .

!,

\' :
: 1
I-

I!, -
,'

,, ,
,I
!!l '

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

 ' ,

I: j
,,
,.
.:. 1
i '
.: .
i, I,
,:
.,

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

I
I -
; j1
' I
I
j
1
,
i
1

Spectramind Solutions
I
I
,
I
I
1
i
1
j
-
I
<ii.f, * I
 I
! ,'.
I

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

!;
I
i
' ,
I
I
i
1
! -
i
1:

Spectramind Solutions
1
122. Which of the following list of action verbs would be MOST useful in ensuring that textual requirements are well formed? (Comprehension)
A. I:lluminate, elucidate, utilize, ponder, assess, measilre, magnify and raise
B. Generate, prepare, calculate, sort, list, validate, delete, insert and update
C. Consider, evaluate, explain, clarify, highlight, weigh and meditate D, Judge, reflect, deliberate, contemplate, imagine, reflect and mediate
Solution
Although all the options contain action verbs, business analysts should use verbs that convey defini,tive and measurable actions such as generate,
prepare, sort, list, delete and so on. Verbs such as ponder, meditate and reflect are hard to quantify and generally should be avoided when describing
textual requirements.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,195,

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

123. Which of the following characterizes matrix documentation? (Comprehension)
A. Combines textual elements, matrices and diagrams for requirements analysis
B. Suited for showing relationships between items in a requirements specification
C. Tabular representation of complex information in a standardized manner
D. Multiple tables that list important forward and backward traceability information
Solution
Matrix documentation, usually in tabular format, conveys complex information in a standardized
format using rows and columns.
Models express requirements that combine textual elements, matrices and diagrams.

Spectramind Solutions
Diagrams show relationships between items in a requirements specification.
(,L s
Forward and backward traceability information is stored in traceability matrices and not in "matrix docunientation."
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 195.
124. Business analysts create diagrams, models, matrices and documents. When creating diagrams, it is very important that the business analyst
keep the following guidelines in mind: (Application)
A. Make diagrams as simple as possible, ensure pale and subtle color consistency, and place items from top to bottom and from left to right
B. Boldface all the labels; use a combination of solid, dotted and dashed lines; and use arrows to signiw the origin and destina tion of each process
C. Use only primary and secondary colors, insert pictures to highlight important points, and place items from top to bottom and from left to right
D. Make diagrams as simple as possible, ensure size and appearahce consistency, and place items from top to bottom and from left to
right
Solution
Business analysts should make diagrams as simple as possible and ensure the consistency of size and appearance. In the Western world, diagrams are
expected to flow from top to bottom and from left to right.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 196.
125. If it is necessary to express requirements that may combine textual elements, matrices and diagrams, it is BEST to use (Application)
A, Models
B. Diagrams
C. Matrices
D. Legends
Solution >
J

Spectramind Solutions
It is best to use models to express requirements that combine textual elements, matrices and diagrams. Diagrams are well suited for showing
:,,
*
relationships between items in a requirements specification. Lastly, matrix documentation, usually in tabular format, conveys complex information in a
standardized format using rows and columns.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 196.
126. A business analyst elicited the multiple viewpoints of various stakeholders. To reflect these multiple viewpoints, which model should the business
analyst create during requirements analysis and documentation? (Application)
A. Physical model
B. Logical model
C. Balanced scorecard
D. Business architecture model
Solution
To reflect the multiple viewpoints of various stakeholders, business analysts typically create requirements n~odels. The most common types are logical
and physical models, with the former being a key deliverable from the business analyst. Solution developers use the logical models created by business
analysts to create physical models.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Balanced scorecard frames strategic goals by partitioning them into the four dimensions of financial, customer, internal operations, and learning and
innovation. Discussions about the balanced scorecard occur as part of enterprise analysis and not during requirements analysis and documentation.
Likewise, business architecture models are part of enterprise analysis.
Answer B is correct,
Reference
IIBA 2006, 197.
127. When is the MOST appropriate time for the business analyst to communicate requirements? (Analysis)
A. As agreed upon with stakeholders and only as scheduled by the project manager and technical manager in the project schedule
B. After solution assessment and validation, to ensure the alignment of the requirements with the needs of every single stakeholder
C. Ongoing and iterative, and in parallel with .requirements elicitation and with , requirements analysis and documentation 4

Spectramind Solutions
D. Every single day, to all stakeholders, in order to continuously con#ki and assess ihe progress of requirements elicitation
Solution
Requirements commlinication is an ongoing and iterative process that occurs in parallel with requirements elicitation, and requirements analysis and
documentation.
The process of elimination can be applied to answer this question. The phrases "only," "all" and "every single" tend to signal choices that require closer
scrutiny. If the choices appear to be "not plausible," then such choices can be eliminated as valid answers.
Answer C is correct.
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
133. Which of the following is a reason for creating a requirements communication plan? (Knowledge)
0
A, To determine how to best receive requirements information from project stakeholders
tl. To facilitate the creation of logical models during requirements documentation
C. To confirm the requirements from stakeholders when performing enterprise analysis
D. To help managers deliver the project on schedule, on budget and within scope
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Although the other choices are potential reasons for creating a requirements communication,
?mining how best to receive requirements information from project stakeholders is the MOST
I! t
:t;;;.i!ct answer. The requirements communication plan is developed to help the business analyst:
Plan and estimate the requirements comniu~iication needs,
Determine how to commi~nicate with stakeholders,
Determine how best to receive requirements inforniation and
Provide a basis when establishing meeting and comniunication expectations.
Answer A is considered correct,
Reference
IIBA 2006,271.

Spectramind Solutions
134. Which plan describes how the business analyst will work with project stakeholders? (Knowledge)
A. Strategic plan
B. Communications plan C, Tactical plan
D. Project plan
Solution ,.
" B

R
,.
*
The communications plan describes how the business analyst will work with project stakeholders.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
<;
135. Which of ,the following is a predecessor when creating a requirements communication plan? (Know ledge)
A. Post-implementation review and procedures
B. Lessons learned and quality management plan
C. Organizational standards and methodology
D. Glossary of terms and regulatory requirements

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Stakeholder identification, initial project requirements and scope information, and organizational
standards and methodology are predecessors to the creation of a requirements corr~munication
plan.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 271.
136. A typical communication plan may include which of the following pieces of information? (Knowledge)
A. Channel, source and deskination

Spectramind Solutions
B. Sender, receiver and feedback
C. Summary, index and appendix
D. What, when and who
Solution
Communicatibn plans can take several forms, but the key focus remains the same--effectively conimur~icating with stakeholders, regardless of project
size. Typically, con~munication plans may include information on the who, what, when, where, why and how concerning implementation of
communications for any given project.
,,
Answer D is considered correct. ,.'
Z
$2 r?
Reference
IIBA 2006, 272.
137. Who should be considered when creating a communications plan? (Knowledge)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. All stakeholders
B. Business managers
C. Technical managers
D. Key st;lkeholders
Solution
All stakeholders should be considered when creating a communications plan.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,272.
138. Who is the chief conimur~icator for everything about requirements in a project? (Knowledge)
A. Project manager

Spectramind Solutions
B. Business analyst
C. Communication specialist
D. Project sponsor
Solution
"The BA is the chief communicator for everything about requirements on the project."
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,272.
139. Which task addresses and resolves any disagreements or conflicts that.stakeholders may have concerning requirements? (Knowledge)
A. Create a requirements communication plan
B. Determine appropriate requirements format
C. Manage requiremew conflicts ,$ . *
D. Create a requirements package
Solution
"A requirements communications plan documents the intentions of a Business Analyst in terms of project communications about requirements."

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The main purpose of managing requirements conflicts is to "acknowledge, address and resolve any disagreements or conflicts that stakeholders may
have for requirements."
As the name implies, the task"determine appropriate requirements format" describes how the requirements will be presented. Similarly, the task "create
a requirements package" deals with devising a plan to successfully create the requirements package.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 270, 273-274, 280.
.-
140. How can conflicts in the requirements be resolved? (Knowledge)
A. Manager interventions, requirements deletions and functionality reductio~is

Spectramind Solutions
B. Sponsor decisions, project manager interventions and requirements ranking
C. Dispute resolutions, requirements arbitrations and conflict elimination
D. Face-to-face meetings, interviews with other parties and BA research
Solution
Conflicts in requirements can be resolved via face-to-face meetings, via interviews with other
parties or by the business analysts conducting research to resolve the conflicts.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 273.
141. Issues and conflicts in the requirements should be documented in the (Knowledge)
A. Requirements issue log
B. Risk register
C. Defect tracking log
D. Change request form
, ,
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Issues and conflicts in the requirements should be documented in the requirements issue log. Organizations may have different names for a
requirements issues log but these documents definitely should not be treated as similar to,a risk register,,+defect tracking log or change request form.
Risk registers are used for capturing Vroject risks along with their qualitative analysis, quantitative analysis and risk response plans. Defect tracking
logs are used primarily for documenting anomalies or problems that were found during software testing. Lastly, as the name implies, change request
forms capture requested changes to the project.
t
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,273.
142. Requirements conflicts must have of the activity taken. (Knowledge)
An An audit trail
B. An approval

Spectramind Solutions
C. A review
D. A cost estimate
Solution .,
"Requirements conflicts must have an audit trail of the activity taken."
Answer A is correct, Reference
IIBA 2006,273.
143. What typically follows directly after requirements analysis and documentation? (Knowledge)
A. Requirements planning and management
Bn Solution assessment and validation
C. Requirements communication
D. Enterprise analysis
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The Solution Assessment and Validation knowledge area typically follows the Requirements Analysis and Documentation knowledge area.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 15, 295.
R
C
5; ', d
144. What would normally happen immediately before solution assessment and validation? (Knowledge)
A. Requirements planning and management
B. Requirements elicitation
C. Requirements analysis and documentation

Spectramind Solutions
D. Requirements communication
Solution
The Requirements Analysis and Documentation knowledge area immediately precedes the Solution Assessment and Validation knowled ge area.
Answer C is correct,
Reference
IIBA 2006, 15, 295.
145. Developing alternate solutions, evaluating technology options and facilitating the selection of a solution are tasks associated with (Knowledge)
A. Requirements planning and management
B. Requirements elicitation
C. Requirements analysis and documentation
Dl Solution assessnient and validation
Solution
The Solution Assessment and Validation knowledge area tasks include:

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Developing alternate solutions,
Evalua,ting technology options,
Facilitating the selection of a solution,
Ensuring the usability of the solution,
Supporting the quality assurance process,
Supporting the implementation of the solution,
'
Communicating the solution impacts and
Participating in post implenientation review and assessment.
Answer D is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006,296.
146. Which of the following is NOT a Solutlon ~ssessbent and Validation knowledge area task?
B
$;
'c
(Knowledge)
Am Conducting a formal requirements review
B. Ensuring the usability ofthe solution
C. Supporting the quality assurance process
D. Communicating the solution impacts
Solution
The Solution Assessment and Validation knowledge area tasks incbde:
 Developing alternate solutions,
Evaluating technology options,
Facilitating the selection of a solution,
Ensuring the usability of the solution,
Supporting the quality assurance process,
Supporting the implementation of the solution,
Communicating the solution impacts and
Participating in post implementation review and assessment.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Conducting a formal requirements review is in the knowledge area task of Requirements Communication. Requirements Communication knowledge area
follows Solution Assessment and Validation knowledge area.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
147. What should occur if the technical team cannot come up with a suitable solution because of environmental and technical constraints? (Knowledge)
A. Cancel the project
B. Develop alternate solutions
C. Replace the technical team

Spectramind Solutions
D. Ignore the constraints Y
Solution
Alternate solutions will need to be developed if the technical team cannot come up with a suitable solution because of environmental and technical
constraints.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,297.
148. Which of the following islare output(s) of the Solution Assessment and Validation knowledge area? (Knowledge)
A. Gap analysis results
B. Technical alignment
C. Conversion plan
D. Lessons learned
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Outputs of the Solution Assessment and Validation knowledge area include:
Solution usability assessment,
Organizational standards compliance,
Conversion plan,
Software release phases/releases descriptions, "
Employee procedure documentation,
Employee training,
Feed back on problems/issues/concerns,
High-level requirements for next release,
Implemented solution,
Recommendation that aligns with requirements,
RFPIRFQ,
Solution design and
Test plan aligned to requirements.

Spectramind Solutions
Gap analysis results and technical alignment are outputs of the Enterprise Analysis knowledge area.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 23, 297.
149. What identifies the characteristics of end users who will interact with the system? (Knowledge)
A. Stakeholder identification
B. System actor
C. Characteristic interaction
D. User profile
Solution
(.''9 B ,. "
User profile identifies the characteristics of end users who will interact with the system.
Answer D is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006,298.
Sarr~pleExam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
150. Functions, locations and tasks are characteristics that are captured in the (Knowledge)
A. User classes
6. FLT diagram
C. FLT matrix
D. RFP/RFQ
Solution
"The user class list will be used as input to guide the solution built during the design phase. Some of the characteristics captured that the Business
Analyst and the design team must consider" include Functions, location, number and tasks.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 298.
1. Which three knowledge areas are central to all methodologies and work together in a
repeating loop? (Knowledge)
A. Requirements Elicitation, Enterprise Analysis and Documentation, and Solution Assessment and Validation
B. Requirements Planning and Management, Requirements Analysis and Documentation, and Solution Assessment and Validation
C. Requirements Elicitation, Requirements Analysis and Documentation, and Solution Test and Validation
D. Requirements Elicitation, Requirements Analysis and Documentation, and
Solution Assessment and Validation
Solution
 The activities defined as components of Requirements Elicitation, Requirements Analysis and Documentation, and Solution Assessment and Validation
knowledge areas most often overlap and occur concurrently.
TIP: Familiarize yourself with the Body of.Knowledge relationships diagram.
Answer D is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 15.
2. During enterprise analysis the lead business analyst may seek help from a proposal team to compile a decision package for the executive sponsor of
the proposed project. The proposal team likely will include the following people: (Knowledge)
A. A senior project manager, a business lead and a risk management specialist
B. A senior project manager, a business lead and a technical lead
C. A business lead, a requirements specialist and a senior project manager
D. A business lead, a technical lead and an executive lead ,'*
Solution
Scoping and defining typically are within the role of the project manager. A business lead and a . ' technical lead will have the high-level expertise necessary to
build a business case to submit for
. an executive decision.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 45.
3. The business analyst facilitates the development of high-level scoping documentation. At a later time this information can be found in the
(Analysis) ..
A. Project plan
B. User requirements
C. Business case
D. Stakeholder interviews
Solution
 -the high-level scoping documentation facilitated by the business analyst during enterprise analysis is needed to build a business case for
the proposed initiative.
The project plan, user requirements and stakeholder interviews all come into play after enterprise analysis.
Answer C is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 45.
4. A business analyst worked with the proposal team documenting the business assumptions and constraints for a proposed initiative. This
documentation will be included in the (Analysis)
A. User requirements
B. Preliminary scope definition
C. Project plan '
D. Functional requirements
Solution
Defining the proposed project scope includes documenting the business assumptions and
. constraints.

Spectramind Solutions
0 .
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 45.
5. The subject matter expertise of the proposal team meets the knowledge requirements for
determining the project scope. Members of the team have an understanding of topics
included within the following two critical subject areas: (Comprehension)
A. International standards and project life cycles
B. Requirements plar~r~ing and management, and requirements communication
C. External frameworks for business process improvement and the PMBOK
D. Requirements elicitation and requirements documentation
Solution
The knowledge requirements for the proposal team of subject matter experts include an understanding of external frameworks for business process improvement
and a basic understanding of the Project IYanagement Institute's (PMI@) A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBO~Guide).
Answer C is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
:[:[BA 2006, 45.
6. Which of the following BEST describes the reason why the project manager has likely not yet been assigned during enterprise analysis? (Application)
A. The project has not yet been approved
B. A business analyst serves as lead during enterprise analysis activities
C. The study team that conducted the feasibility study may also serve as the proposal team
D. Project scoping and defining typically is the role of the business analyst
Because the project has not yet been approved during enterprise analysis, it is likely that a project manager has not yet been assigned.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer A is correct.
Reference
3
IIBA 2006, 45.
7. During enterprise analysis you are assured that there is enough detail in the preliminary scope document when you are able to provide context to the new
project, understand the business need, and (Application)
A. Identify team roles for the project
B. Categorize the project stakeholders
C. Determine the project metrics
D. Prepare time and cost estimates
Solution
The preliminary scope definition produced during enterprise analysis includes enough detail to
provide context to the new product, understand the business need and prepare time and cost estimates, all of which contribute to preparing the
decision package.
Identifying team roles for the project, categorizing project stakeholders and determining project metrics all occur after enterprise analysis, during
requirements planning and management.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer Q is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 45.
8. Project life cycles, project management process groups and project management knowledge areas are defined in the (Knowledge)
A. CMMI
B. IS0
C. PMBOK
D. PDCA

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
Knowledge requirements for subject matter experts defining the scoped of the proposed initiatives include a basic understanding of the Project
Management Institute's (PMI@) A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBO~Guide), including project life cycles, project
management process groups and project management knowledge areas.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 46.
9. Teamwork/collaboration, interviewing and active listening are required to scope and define a proposed project. These are essential elements of a
busine'Ss analyst's skills in (Knowledge)
A. Team leadership
B. Problem analysis
C. Documentation
Q. Communication
Solution
Teamwork/collaboration, interviewing and active listening are essential elements of a business analyst's communication skills.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

,:
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 46.
10. After completing goal setting and documenting the business architecture, Sarah and her team documented the problem. They conducted feasibility studies
to understand the pros and cons of alternative solutions. They then determined and recommended a solution. The next step for Sarah and the team is to
start preparing the preliminary (Evaluation)
A. User requirements ..
B. Scope statement

Spectramind Solutions
C. Strategic plan .
D. Risk assessment
Solution
Predecessor activities to preparing the preliminary scope statement include strategic planning
and goal setting, business architecture documentation, business problem definition, and
preparation of feasibility studies.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 47.
Scenario for questions 11-12: Sarah is the lead business analyst working on a proposed IT
project for Ollie Skateboards, Inc. Sarah and her proposal team are corr~pleting enterprise analysis.
11. sirah's team recommends outsourced development of the entire solution. During which activity would this recommendation be elaborated? (Analysis)
A. Describing the project approach
B. Draftiqg a feasibility study
C. Developing a high-level work breakdown structure

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. Documenting functional requirements
Solution
The initial project approach and structure description details a recommendation for outsourced development. The timing of the remaining activity options
invalidates them. Feasibility studies may provide input to the project approach,, but they are drafted prior to recommending a solution. Developing a high-level
work breakdown structure is included in scoping and defining the proposed project, as is documenting high-level business requirements. These activities occur
Sample Exam Questions: IlBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
prior to or concurrent with describing the project approach. Documenting functional requirements occurs during requirements plar~ning and management.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 48.

Spectramind Solutions
12. Sarah and her team also developed the initial milestone schedule. Which activity includes this task? (Application)
A. Developing a high-level work breakdown structure
B. Summarizing feasibility study results
C.. Developing cost and time estimates
D. Developing the project plan
Solution
Developing initial cost and time estimates includes estimating costs to procure, develop, integrate, test, deploy and operate the new bu siness solution. An
initial milestone schedule also is included as a natural extension of this activity. The high-level work breakdown structure (WBS) decomposes the work
that must be performed into lower-level deliverables. The WBS addresses "what," not "when." Feasibility studies are completed prior to initial costing and
scheduling of a proposed solution, The project plan is developed by the ~roject manager after a proposed project is approved.
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 48.
13. The preliminary project scope statement typically includes (Comprehension)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Releases that will deliver useful subsets of functionality
0. In-scope and out-of-scope elements of the solution
C. Costs to develop the new business solution
D. Lower-level deliverables ,;
Solution
The preliminary project scope statement typically states the in-scope and out-of-scope elements while providing a high-level description of the work that
must be performed to deliver the proposed new solution.
Answer B is correct.
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 48.
14. Which of the following key stakeholders will assist in scoping the components of the business process that technology will support? (Comprehension)
-
A. Portfolio governance group
B. Business executive sponsor
C. Business process experts
D. IT management Solution Stakeholders are those people typically involved in or impacted by the proposed business solution. The portfolio management
governance group, IT management and business process experts are in fact all key stakeholders.
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 48.
15. It is MOST appropriate to prepare the work breakdown structure after completion of the preliminary project (Application)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Scope statement
B. Time estimates
C. Approach summary
D. User requirements
Solution
The work breakdown structure is prepared after the project scope statement and then provides input into the cost and time estimates and the project
approach. Completion of the functional requirements document is likely to be an entry in the work breakdown structure.
Answer A is cprrect. Reference
IIBA 2006, 48.
16. Which two of the key stakeholders are MOST likely to define the process boundaries and scope the components that will have technology
support? (Application)
A. Executive sponsor and business process owner(s)

Spectramind Solutions
B. Business process experts and portfolio management governance group
C. Business process owner(s) and IT manager
D. Business process experts and IT manager
Solution
The business process experts and IT manager are the stakeholders most likely to understand the level of detail necessary to define process boundaries
and scope components. The executive sponsor, business process owner(s), and portfolio management governance group are more likely to have a
high-level understanding of the proposed project.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 48.
17. Developing a high-level work breakdown structure for the proposed project means (Knowledge)
A. Determining initial cost and resource estimates
B. Decomposing the work into lower-level deliverables
C. Partitioning the proposed project into releases
D. Developing a high-level description of the work
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Building a high-level work breakdown structure involves decomposing the work into lower-level deliverables.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006; 48.
18. The preliminary scope statement and supporting information serve as inputs in the preparation of the (Knowledge)
A. Project approach
B. Business case
C. High-level business requirements
D. Cost and time estimates

Spectramind Solutions
Solution ,
The preliminary scope statement and supporting information are inputs to the business case. The cost and time estimates, high-level business
requirements and project approach are part of the supporting information.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 49.
19. Where in the scope statement and supporting information produced during enterprise analysis would the business analysl look to update training
requirements? (Comprehension)
A. Project boundaries
B. Initial project approach
C. Dependencies
D. Strategic alignment
Solution
-the initial project approach includes the resource requirements, methodology, tools and training requirements. Project bounda ries, dependencies and

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

strategic alignment documentation detail and support other aspects of the scope statement.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 49.
20. Downstream systems, interfaces and supporting data are included in the scope statement and supporting information produced as a result of
defining the scope of the proposed project during enterprise analysis. These are components of the project (Comprehension)
A. Assumptions
B. Regulations
C. Limitations
D. Dependencies Solution

Spectramind Solutions
Downstream systems, interfaces and supporting data are components of the project dependencies that are included in the scope statement
and supporting information.
Answer D is correct.
..
Reference
IIBA 2006, 49.
21. Which of the following BEST describes the primary purpose of scope definition and
decomposition?(Application)
 A. To define the impacts of proposed project boundaries
B. To estimate cost, resource requirement and duration
C. To prepare risk assessment and mitigation strategies
D. To support the business case surrlmary presentation
Solution
Scope definition and decomposition are scope determination activities whose primary purpose is to size the proposed project so that estimates can be

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

made of costs, resources requirements and project duration. Impacts of proposed project boundaries are defined after scope de finition. The business
case and initial risk assessment also follow and depend on these project scope determination activities.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 49.
22.?.The initial analysis that decomposes the product and describes the total scope of the product to be delivered is the (Knowledge)
A. Work breakdown structure
8. Context diagram
C. Product breakdown structure
D. Use case diagram

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
The product breakdown structure (PBS) describes the total scope of the product to be delivered
in a decomposition of the components of the product.
The work breakdown structure "describes the total scope of the project work to be performed." A
.- context diagram is a visual model of the project scope that is annotated in natural language and reviewed by all stakeholders for agreement. A use case
diagram "also represents the scope of the project at a similar level of abstraction as the context diagram."
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 49.
23. The business analyst and project manager on the proposed integration project produced a context diagram during pre-project activities. They chose this
 technique with the knowledge that their target audience is which of the following groups? (Synthesis)
A. Senior project managers
B. All stakeholders
C. The portfolio management team
D. The IT manager and business process experts
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Context diagrams are used early in the project. These diagrams are annotated in natural
language and reviewed by all stakeholders to get agreement on the project scope.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 50.
24. Which'of the following reasons justifies requiring business case development for large-scale initiatives? (Evaluation)
A. To ensure better preparation for user requirements elicitation
B. To promote integration of the new solution into the business
C. To ensure adequate information for the best investment decisions

Spectramind Solutions
D. To document identified project risks and mitigation strategies Solution
Enterprise analysis culminates in an investment decision. Business case development is critical in 'adequateby assessing the risks for high-stakes large-scale
initiatives and in making the correct
go/no go decision for the initiative.
0.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 50.
25. The document that justifies the proposed initiative in terms of the value to the business vs. the development cost of the solution is the (Comprehension)
A. Business requirements
B. Product breakdown structure
C. Proposed risk response
D. Business case Solution
The business case describes the proposed project justification in terms of the value added to the business as a result of the project outcomes as

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

opposed to the cost of development and implementation necessary to achieve those outcomes.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 50.
26. Documentation of project alignment with existing business priorities is included in the (Knowledge)
A. Feasibility studies B, Business case
C. Risk assessment
D. Business requirements

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
The business case lists project constraints, the estimated budget and alignment with established business priorities.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
..
IIBA 2006, 51.
27. Certain financial skills are required of the business analyst and subject matter experts in order to prepare the business case. These skills include
 the use of financial analysis, financial
'
profit projection models and (Comprehension)
A. Data modeling
8. Technology tools '
C. Communication techniques
D. System architectllre

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
In order for the business analyst and subject matter experts to construct the business case financial analysis, financial profit projectior~ models and use
of technology tools to represent the benefits and costs are required.
Answer B is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Reference
IIBA 2006, 52.
30. Despite the desires of senior management, reliable fixed cost estimates are not possible for most IT projects during enterprise analysis activities
due to which of the following? (Comprehension)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Lack of team commitment
B. Unstable business environment
C. Lack of detailed requirements
U. Immature measurement cultures
Solution
It is difficult to prepare IT cost estimates during pre-project enterprise analysis when project
knowledge is insufficient to produce detailed requirements. Even if the team was committed to
the project, the business environment was stable and the business possessed a mature
measurement culture, reliable estimates would still be impossible without detailed requirements
and analysis of their impacts.
Answer 6:is correct.
Raderence

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 52.
31. Where a change in the value of what is being measured cannot be attributed to one project alone, the business must clearly de fine which of the
following? (Application)
A. Change management responsibilities
B. How benefits might be increased
C. How benefits might be sustained
D. How benefits will be apportioned
Solution
In situations, most commonly those of increased revenue, where a measured change cannot be attributed to one project alone, the business defines
assumptions concerning how benefits will be apportioned. All of the other answers entirely miss the point of the question, which is measurement.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 53.
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

32. Joel is a senior project manager assisting on a new project initiative. Which of the following BEST describes what, according to the BABOl(I Joel
should help the lead business analyst tg do? (Application)
A. Present the project to the portfolio management team
8. Establish the initial cost and time estimates
C. Construct a go/no go recornmendation
D. Estimate expected business,benefits
Solution '
The BABOKrecommends that a senior project manager assist the business analyst during
enterprise analysis in establishing initial cost and time estimates.
Answer B is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IIBA 2006, 53.
33. Which of the following typically dictates the contents and format of the business case
document? (Knowledge)
A. Project management standards
B. Business analysis standards
C. Organizational standards
D. Business executive sponsor
 Solution
The business executive sponsor is .a plausible correct answer. The BABOKstates, however, " "Organizational standards typically dictate the
contents and format of the Business Case document."
..
Answer C is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006, 53.
34. The predecessors to requiremknts analysis and documentation are the (Knowledge)
A. Completed bl~siness requirements and work breakdown structure (WBS)
B. Project initiation and an assigned project manager
C. Documented business requirements and completed data models
D. Requirements elicitation and documented business and/or user requirements Solution
Requirements elicitation activities and documented business and/or user requirements must be complete before requirement analysis and documentation
activities can be determined. The WBS cannot be complete before requirements analysis; neither can data models. Project initiation and assignment of a project
manager precede requirements analysis and documentation; however, they are not BABOK-defined "predecessors" to that project phase.
Answer D is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IIBA 2006, 116.
Scenario for questions 35-37: John is the lead business analyst on a Red Sky Bank project. The project is estimated to be a four-month COTS (commercial,
off-the-shelf) software integration effort. Requirements analysis and documentation has just begun.
35. John must determine the best analysis and documentation techniques to be used. Which of the following techniques is the most likely the most appropriate
choice? (Synthesis)
A. Data modeling
B. Detailed software requirements specification
C. Use cases
D. Formal walk-throughs
Solution
According to the BABOK, use cases are appropriate as an analysis and documentation technique on small/short projects. Detailed software requirements
specification and formal walk-throughs are appropriate for longer and outsourced projects. Data modeling would be appropriate for a data warehousing project.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 116.
36. John is responsible for determining all requirements analysis and documentation activities. He knows that this task will be complete when he has finished
constructing a (Evaluation)
A. Business requirements document
B. Technical requirements document
C. Detailed list of activities
D. Project approach summary
Solution
The task of determining requirements analysis and documentation activities is complete when there is a complete list of activities. The project approach is

Spectramind Solutions
included in the business case. Business requirements are a precedent and technical requirements a deliverable of requirements analysis.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 116.
37. Later in the Red Sky project, when all requirements, analysis models and results are
successfully completed and documented, John's first task will be to enlist the help of the key .stakeholders to determine (Application)
A. Validation and change management methodology
B. Detailed business rules and decision trees
C. Who needs to be communicated to and how
D. Walk-through and sign off scheduling
Solution
Successfully completed requirements, analysis models and results are inputs to the task of determining who needs to be communicated to and how.
The key stakeholders will assist the business analyst in the task. To whom and how must be determined based on the target audiences and available
information before requirements communication activities can begin.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 117.
38. The business analyst collaborates with which of the following stakeholders to determine the best project solution? (Comprehension)
A. The project owner
B. The project manager
C. The IT manager
D. 'the project delivery team
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
The business analyst must have the necessary skills to collaborate with the project delivery team to determine the best solution. The combined technical
and business skills of the project delivery team make this stakeholder group most qualified to determine the optimum project solution.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 118.
.39. Final requirements have been signed off. All questions and concerns have been resolved. Which of the following is the re commended next step in
this project? (Knowledge)
A. Determine solution assessment activities
6. Consider updates to project risk and expectations
C. Conduct a quality review and baseline the WBS
D. Structure requirements for traceability and review
Solution
Final requirements sign off and review, followed by resolution of all questions and concerns
regarding requirements, analysis, modeling, documentation and communication, comprise
requirements analysis and documentation, and requirements communication. Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

assessment and validation follows.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 118.
40. Which of the following describes the overriding reason for the business analyst's review of the solution that is determined to be best for the
business? (Comprehension)
A. To coordinate information
B. To obtain management buy-in
C. To confirm the risk approach
D. To establish roles and responsibilities
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
Upon completion of solution assessment and validation, the business analyst reviews the best solution option with the business to ensure it will meet
their needs and to obtain buy-in.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 119.
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
41. Business analysts responsibilities include estimating requirements activities based on empirical data and methodologies encompassing three basic
parameters: the work to do, the time to do it in and the (Application)
A. Risks involved
B. BA skill level
C. Project budget
D. Impacts on the business Solution
Three basic parameters are included in requirements planning and management: scope (work to do), schedule (time to do it in), and resources (budget
for the project).
Answer C is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006, 119.
42. Business analysts and the project manager are aware of key requirements activity milestones. Plilestones are (Knowledge)
A. Occasions for project team celebration
B. Approved project schedule estimates
C. Project budget approval checkpoints
D. Significant project points or events Solution
According to the Project Management Institute's (PMI@) A Guide to the Project Management Body ofKnowledge (PMBO~Guide), milestones are
significant points or events in the project.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 120.
43. During requirements planning and management, the business analyst uses milestones to measure which of the following? (Comprehension)
A. Completion of significant requirements phases
B. Customer and overall stakeholder satisfaction
C. Continued alignment with existing business priorities
D. Project costs compared to approved budgetary goals
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Solution
The business analyst uses milestones to measure progress and completion of significant phases
of requirements activities.
Answer A is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006,120.
44. The key stakeholders who will work with the business analyst to identify and agree on milestones for requirements activities development and
delivery are the program manager and the (Comprehension)
A. IT manager
B. Project sponsor
C. Project delivery team
D. Project manager
Solution
The project sponsor and the project manager are the key stakeholders for the task of identifying milestones in the requirements activities development
and delivery.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 120.
45. The task of identifying milestones in the development and delivery of requirements activities produces a list of milestones and assocbted
requirements activities, This list should be incorporated into which,of the following deliverables? (Analysis)
A. Business plan
B. User requirements
C. Project plan
D. Scope statement Solution The task of identifying milestones in the requirements activities of development and delivery produces a list of milestones
and associated requirements activities, which should be included as part of the project plan.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 121.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

46. Joel is breaking down requirements activities into subactivities and then further into tasks of 1-2 weeks duration. In what requirements planning task is Joel
engaged? (Knowledge)
A. Estimate effort per unit of work
B. Estimate duration per unit of work
C. Define sequence for units of work
D. Define units of work Solution
To define units of work, the business analyst will review and break down each requirement activity into subactivities and then further into tasks. Each task should
be of 1-2 weeks duration. Each task should be identified as a task that must be completed before other tasks can start, as a task dependent on the completion of
other tasks or as an independent task.
Answer D is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IIBA 2006, 121.
47. In order to estimate the effort per unit work necessary to complete the requirements activities, the business analyst must assign available resources for
requirements tasks. The assignment should include the resource name or role and the (Application)
A. Duration in days
B. Geographical needs
C. Potential personality issues
D. Required skill level
Solution
Task assignments should include the resource name or role and the duration in days of the task.
Skill levels, specific geographical needs and potential personality issues should be taken into account when selecting resource candidates.
Answer A is correct. Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

48. The estimate of effort per unit of work will provide the project team with a tool for measuring which of the following properties of each requirements task?
(Comprehension)
A. Priority
B. Status
C. Cost
D. Risk
Solution
Estimating effort per unit of work means documenting the resource assigned to each task and the estimated time frame (the duration in hours, days or weeks)
for completing each task, thus providing the project team with a tool for measuring the status and progress of each task.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 122.

Spectramind Solutions
The responsibilities of a business analyst include estimatirlg both effort and duration per unit of work for each of.the requirements planning and management
activities. Which of these statements is true about estimating effort? (Knowledge)
A. Effort is measured by start and end dates
B. Effort is rated from 1to 1O;easier to harder
C. Effort is measured in hours, days or weeks
D. Effort is rated from 1to 5, easier to more difficult Solution
Effort is measured in hours, days or weeks. Effort is a time estimate for each task. Duration is measured by starting and ending dates for each activity.
Duration is a work period estimate based on the effort estimate.
.,
AnswerC is correct. i;
Reference
I:[BA 2006, 122, 123.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
50. During requirements planning and management, the business analyst will estimate the
duration per each unit of work decomposed from the requirements activities. Which of the
following describes what these estimates will help the business analyst to do? (Evaluation)
A. Identify schedule risk, assign mitigation tasks and conduct the initial risk assessment
B. Determine total schedule duration, define milestones and predict schedule variances
C. Define sequences of tasks, determine resource tirr~ing and establish the total project duration
D. Define sequences of tasks, determine resource timing and identify schedule
constraints
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
Estimates of duration per unit of work help the business analyst define sequences of activities,
determine resource timing and identify schedule constraints.
The initial risk assessment is part of enterprise analysis and does not include assigning mitigation tasks. It is too early and outside the business analyst's
responsibility to determine the total schedule or project duration and predict schedule variances.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
51. In addition to the time needed for conducting the work, a proficient business analyst includes time for which of the following when estimating
duration for requirements planning activities? (Knowledge)
A. -Resolving issues and taking holidays
B. Job sharing and resolving critical issues
C. Possible appointments and attending'meetings
D. Expected promotions and taking holidays

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
Time for conducting work, resolving issues; meetings, conducting working sessions, review of project documentation, reviewing stakeholders'
feedback, making project doc!~mentation revisions, holidays and prior resource commitments all should be taken info account when making duration
estimates.
All other answers include possibilities of various likelihood for which the business analyst cannot plan.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 125.
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Ana!ysis Professional
52. The business analyst should take into account differences in which of the following when using documentation from matching past
requirements to estimate duration? (Comprehension)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Project assumptions, business processes and technologies
B. Business processes, technologies and completion dates C, Resource availability, project sizes and technologies
D. Project assumptions, business health and technologies
Solution
The business analyst may use completed tasks from projects with matching tasks as a starting point for estimating current task durations. In doing so
the business analyst must take into account differences in project assumptions, business processes, technologies or resource availability.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 124.
53. Which technique, according to the BABOK; is preferred to suppdrt duration estimation for requirements activities? (Comprehension)
A. Interviews with resources who have performed similar tasks
B. Documented duration from similar past requirements activities
C. 3-point (best case, worst case, most likely) estimating techniques
D. Documented estimates from similar current requirements activities
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The a4BOKexplicitly docurr~ents the technique of using documentation of actual duration from similar past requirements activities to estimate duration.
Using similar current requirements or interviewing resources'who have performed similar tasks are included as options when matching past
.,
documentation is not available.
~ -0
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 124-125.
54. Factors or conditions that are considered to be true without the need for documented
evidence and that affect requirements planning and management activities should be
documented as (Knowledge).
A. Project risks
B. Business rules

Spectramind Solutions
C. Assumptions
D. Preconditions
Solution
Factors or conditions that are considered to be true without the need for documented evidence
and that affect requirements planning and management activities should be documented as
assumptions.
1
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 125.
55. During requirements planning and management, the business analyst should identify and prepare a list of all assumptions based on review of which of the
following project sources? (Knowledge)
A. All documentation

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

B. Listing of risks
C. Business case -'
D. Project plan
Solution
During requirements planning and management, the business analyst should identify and prepare a list of all assumptions based on review of all project
documentation.
Answer A is correct. , Reference
IIBA 2006,126.
56. There are risks associated with requirements activities and management. These risks are best defined as (Comprehension)
A. Events or conditions that could have a positive or negative effect on estimating

Spectramind Solutions
B. Events or conditions that could have a negative or damagirlg effect on estimating
C. Events or conditions that will have a delayed or negative effect on estimating
D. Events or conditions that will have a positive or negative effect on estimating
Solution
Risks are events or conditions that could have either a positive or a negative effect on estimating requirements activities and management.
TIP: Watch the phrasing of answers carefully. A and D differ only by the words "could" and "will."
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 126.
57. For the business analyst to ensure that each risk is clearly identified, each documented risk must include which task is affected, the assumed
effect of the risk on the task and (Comprehension)
A. Who is responsible for monitoring the risk's effect
B. What actions might be taken to minimize the effect
C. When and how long the risk's effect is most likely to be
D. What is the perceived severity of the risk's effect

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
The business analyst should document each risk, including which task is affected, the assumed effect of the risk on the task and what actions might be
taken to mitigate or minimize the effect.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 127.
58. Which of the following is a viable means a business analyst might consider to reduce or avoid schedule risks? (Application)
A. Adjust dates of mission-critical tasks
B. Remove activities from non-critical paths .
C. Remove some requirements from this release

Spectramind Solutions
D. Adjust dates of non-mission-critical tasks
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
60. Before modifying scope, schedule or resources in the requirements plan, the business analyst should consider which of the following
options? (Knowledge)
A. Identifying tasks that can be eliminated
B. Identifying risks that can be eliminated
C. Reevaluating the current business case
D. Reevaluating the current project status

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
Before modifying scope, schedule or resources in the requirements plan, the business analyst should consider identifying tasks that can be eliminated,
revising task assignments or decreasing individual tasks' duration if possible.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 128.
61. A business analyst's requirements scope management responsibilities include (Comprehension)
A. Maintaining a business architecture and requirements baseline
B. Tracing requirements and strategic objectives

Spectramind Solutions
C. Maintaining approval and updating the business case
D. Tracing requirements and maintaining approval
Solution
Requirements scope management includes establishing and maintaining a requirements baseline, tracing requirements, identifyin g impacts to areas of
the project and external systems, identifying scope changes resultirlg from requirements changes and maintaining approval.
Maintaining the business architecture, defining strategic objectives and updating the business case occur during enterprise analysis and are not
directly related to requirements scope management.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 129.
62. Ruby is the lead business analyst on an organizational change project for which scope containment is a critical success factor. Which document
does Ruby need to review throughout the project to identify scope creeps? (Analysis)
A. Business architecture
B. Requirements baseline
C. Traceability matrix
D. Business requirements

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
The business analyst reviews the requirements baseline to manage scope containment and identify scope creeps.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
63. Which of the following BEST describes two essential- aspects of a requirements baseline? (Application)
A. F.ormal structure and decomposition
B. Milestones and schedule control
C. Formal sign off and change control
D. Traceability and scope management

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
Obtaining formal sign off and then putting the document under change control are essential to establishing a requirements baseline that will be used as a point of
reference and basis for comparison throughout the project. Formal structure and decomposition are likely characteristics of well-formed requirements
documentation, as are traceability and scope management. Plilestones and schedule control refer to howthe project will be accomplished; requirements refer to
whatwill be accomplished.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 130.
64. According to the rules of requirements traceability, a functional requirement must be traced back to which of the following to ensure that customer needs are
met? (Analysis)
A. Business requirement
B. Strategic objective
C. Business objective
D. User requirement
Solution
A functional requirement must be traced back to a business requirement to ensure that customer needs are met.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 130.
65. According to the rules of requirements traceability, a design feature must be traced to a (Application)
A. Business reql~irement
B. Business objective
C. User requirement
D. Functional requirement Solution
A design feature must be traced back to a functional requirement.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 130.
66. When a requirements change is proposed, the business analyst first and foremost uses the knowledge of which requirements are interrelated to determine
(Application)
A. Which portions of the solution may be affected
B. Which project stakeholders should be notified
C. The extent of scheduling and budgetary impacts
D. Whether requirements elicitation is complete
Solution
First and foremost, the business analyst uses knowledge of which requirements are interrelated to determine which portions of the solution may be
affected by a proposed change.
Answer A is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006, 131.
67. Which technique is BEST for detecting missing functionality? (Application)
A. Brainstorming
B. Traceability
C. Testability
D. Modeling Solution Traceability is used to detect missing functionality or confirm if implemented functionality is supported by a specific requirement.
Answer B is correct. Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 131.
68. The strengths of using the observation technique for eliciting requirements include (Comprehension)
A. Infrequently occurring exceptions may not occur
B. Possible only for current processes
C. Ignores details not documented anywhere
D. Provides realistic and practical insight
0
Solution
The fact that observation provides realistic and practical insight into business processes, gives a hands-on feel for current practices and elicits
details that may not be documented anywhere are all strengths of this elicitation technique.
Weaknesses includedhe fact that it is possible only for current processes and those infrequently occurring exceptions may not occur.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer D is correct.
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Reference
IIBA 2006, 170.
69. The weaknesses of using the observation technique for eliciting requirements include (Comprehension)
A. Could be time-consuming
B. Unusual exceptions may occur
C. Elicits undocumented details
D. Distracting details introduce risks
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
The fact that observation could be time-consuming is a weakness of this elicitation technique. Unusual exceptions and elicitation of
as-yet-undocumented details are strengths of this technique.
Answer A is correct. Reference
70. The elicitation technique that works to uncover and visualize interface requirements before the application is designed or developed is called
(Knowledge)
A. Reverse engineering
6. Prototyping
C. Data modeling
D. Interviewing
Solution
The elicitation technique that works to uncover and visualize interface requirements before the application is designed or developed is called prototyping.
Answer B is correct. Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 170.
71. Prototyping can be categorized in which of the following two ways? (Knowledge)
A. Passive and active
B. Save and throw-away
C. Horizontal and vertical
D. Current and future Solution
Prototyping can be categorized by the functional scope of the prototype as horizontal (shallow
and wide) or vertical (deep and narrow).
Answer C is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IIBA 2006, 170.
72. Mark is a business analyst who, together with his team, has chosen to use a rigorous approach in eliciting requirements. The team will use this technique to
extend the initial interface requirements into a fully functioning system using a specialized tool. Which of the following best describes the technique IYark
selected? (Application)
A. Vertical prototype
B. Requirements workshop
C. Process reengineering
D. Evolutionary prototype Solution
-the evolutionary prototype approach produces "running software" using a specialized tool or language and extends the initial interface requirements into a fully
functioning system. It evolves into the actual system later in the lifecycle.
Answer D is correct. Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 171.
73. A throw-away prototype usually is discarded when the (Comprehension)
A. Final system has been developed
B. Requirements have been elicited
C. Requirements have been signed off
D. Solution design is complete
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
A
throw-away prototype usually

Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

is discarded when the final system has been developed.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 171.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The strengths of prototyping as a requirements elicitation technique include
(Comprehension)
A. Explores the "hows" in addition to the "whats"
B. Lets users "see" the future system interface
C. Throw-aways are expensive but provide early feedback
D. Feedback is reliable and inexpensive but comes later
Solution
Letting users "see" the future system interface is a strength of this elicitation technique. Early feedback is also a strengtfi; together with the fact that

Spectramind Solutions
throw-away prototyping is typically not expensive. Exploring the 'hows" in addition to the "whats" is a possible distraction and a technique weakness.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,171.
75. A throw-away prototype is an inexpensive means to confirm (Knowledge)
A. Technical gaps
B. Exception handling
C. Interface requirements .D. Technology feasibility Solution A throw-away prototype is
an inexpensive means to confirm user interface requirements.
Answer C is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
76. Fred is the lead business analyst on the project team. He has scheduled two requirements workshops. The first workshop will scope, discover and
define requirements. The second will reach closure. Which of the following other requirement activities should Fred include in the second workshop?
(Application)
A. Document
B. Analyze
C. Validate
D. Prioritize
Solution
Requirements workshop activities may include scoping, discovering, defining, prioritizing and reaching closure. Agreed-upon priorities are critical to
reaching closure. Documentation, analysis and validation are components of scoping, discovering, defining, prioritizing and reaching closure.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 172.
77. Which of the following requirements techniques MOST reliably produces deliverables that structure and guide future analysis by promoting
trust and mutual understanding among stakeholders and the project team? (Application)
A. Workshops
B. Prototypes
C. Interviews
D. Observation
Solution
Workshops reliably produce deliverables that,structure and guide future analysis by promoting trust and mutual understanding among stakeholders
and the project team.
Answer A is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 172.
78. A requirements workshop is not a traditional meeting. Which of the following BEST describes the distinguishing characteristics of a requirements
workshop? (Application)
A. Unstructured, reactive and relaxed
B. Structured, proactive and intensive
C. Reactive, structured and intensive
D. Relaxed, proactive and informal
Solution
Requirement workshops are structured, highly proactive and intensive events attended by carefully selected stakeholders and subject matter experts that
typically are held over one or two days.
Answer B is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006,172.
79. A business analyst may assume one of several roles in a requirements workshop. In which of the following roles should the business analyst serve
in situations where the business analyst is a subject matter expert on the topic? (Evaluation)
A. Scribe
B. Facilitator
C. Participant
D. Leader
Solution
In situations where the business analyst is a subject matter expert on the topic, the business analyst should serve as a participant in the workshop.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,172.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

80. Which of the following requireme~ts techniques may generate detailed requirements to be captured in business domain, data, process/flow and/or
usage models? (Application)
A. Surveys
B. Workshops .
C. Observation
D. Interviews
Solution
Workshops may be used to generate detailed requirements and document them in business domain, data, process/l'low and/or usage models. Surveys and
interviews typically gather higher- level requirements information. Observation provides background information on current processes.
Answer B is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 172.
Scenario for questions 81-82: Kate is the business analyst responsible for requirements elicitation and documentation on the current Red Sky Bank IT
project. Kate has clarified the purpose, identified critical stakeholders, defined the agenda, determined documentation format and sent materials to
attendees in advance.
81. For which of the following events is Kate preparing? (Application)
A. JAD session
B. Business case review
C. Observation review
D. CAD session
Solution
In preparation for a joint application design (JAD) session, the business analyst will clarify the stakeholders' needs and the purpose of the'session,
identify critical stakeholders, define the agenda, determine by what means the output of the session will be documented and send materials to attendees
in advance. Business case and observation reviews typically are less structured and occur earlier in the requirements process.
Answer A is correct. Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 173.
82. Kate will complete preparations by arranging the time, the room and equipment needed. Which of the following should Kate also include as part
of her preparations? (Application)
A. Attendee interviews
B. Management approval
C. RACI matrix updates
D. Project plan updates
Solution
Preparing for a requirements elicitation workshop includes arranging the time, room and equipment; sending materials in advan ce; and conducting
pre-workshop attendee interviews.
Management approval, RACI matrix updates and project plan updates are all outside the boundaries of this requirements elicitation technique.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 173.
83. In the process of running a requirements workshop, it is MOST critical that the facilitator
maintains focus by frequently checking the session's activities against the stated objectives . and (Application)
A. Enforces discipline
B. Obtains consensus
C. Introduces goals
D. Remains professional
Solution
In the process of rur~r~ing
a requirements workshop, it is MOST critical that the facilitator maintains focus by frequently checking the session's activities
against the stated objectives and obtains consensus. Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 173.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

84. Which of the following BEST describes what an experienced workshop facilitator will do in order to remain neutral? (Application)
A. Enforce session ground rules
B. Facilitate decision making
C. Avoid participating in content
D. Establish an objective tone Solution
In order to remain neutral, an experienced workshop facilitator will facilitate decision making and build consensus but will avoid participating in the content
of the discussion.
Answer C is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
:[:[BA 2006, 173.
85. Which of the following describes the responsibilities of a workshop facilitator? (Application)
A. Relax discipline, structure and ground rules
B. Participate in discussion content
C. Ensure that key stakeholders' input is heard
D. Ensure that all stakeholders' input is heard Solution
The workshop facilitator has the responsibility to enforce discipline, structure and ground rules; to facilitate decision makirig; and to ensure that all stakeholders
participate and have their input heard while avoiding participation in the content of the discussion.
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 173.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

86. After the requirements workshop, the facilitator wraps up. This includes following up on any open action items from the workshop and completing the
documentation. The workshop facilitator also distributes the documentation to the workshop attendees and the (Synthesis)
A. Project sponsor ..,
B. Development team
C. IT manager
D. Project manager
Solution
The workshop facilitator distributes the documentation to the workshop attendees and the project sponsor.
'3
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 174.
87. Which of the following BEST describes the strengths of workshops as a technique for detailed requirements elicitation? (Application)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Cheaper, faster and much easier to schedule
B. Cheaper, faster and feedback is immediate
C. Success is assured with an expert facilitator
D. Knowledgeable participants are critical
Solution
The facts that workshops typically are cheaper and faster than conducting serial interviews and that feedback is immediate are among the strengths of
workshops as a technique for detailed requirements elicitation. A workshop also provides a way for stakeholders to collaborate, make decisions and come
to agreement on contentious issues concerning requirements. These advantages often outweigh the disadvantages of increased scheduling challenges
and dependence on the knowledge of the participants and the expertise of the facilitator.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 174.
88. Which of the following BEST describes a key weakness of workshops as a technique for detailed requirements elicitation? (Synthesis)
A. Takes a relatively long period of time
B. Stakeholder collaboration is possible

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

C. Depends on knowledgeable participants
D. Feedback is required for confirmation
Solution
The fact that the success of requirernent~~workshops
is highly dependent on the knowledge of the participants and the expertise of the facilitator are serious
weaknesses of the workshop technique. These weaknesses often are outweighed by the fad that workshops take a relatively short period of time, make
collaboration among stakeholders possible and provide immediate feed back.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 174.
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional

Spectramind Solutions
89. The number of requirements workshop participants is critical because (Synthesis)
A. Too many are less likely to represent the majority
B. Too few are more likely to slow down the process
C. Too many are more likely to miss requirements
D. Too many are more likely to slow down the process Solution
The number of requirements workshop participants is critical because too many are more likely to slow down the process.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,174.
90. Which of the following roles in a requirements workshop includes responsibility for asking the right questions, analyzing the information and
following up with probing questions, if necessary? (Application)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Facilitator
B. Business analyst
C. Sponsor
D. Session scribe
solution
The requirements workshop facilitator is responsible for asking the right questions, analyzing the information and following up with probing questions, if
necessary.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 174.
91. The traditional process of moving from high-level abstractions to physical implementation is called (Knowledge)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Forward engineering
B. Reverse engineering
C. Process engineering
D. Quality engineering
Solution
The traditional process of moving from high-level abstractions to physical implementation is called forward engineering.
Answer A is correct.
 92. A project team needs to understand what an existing system with outdated documentation
actually does. Which technique will the team use to extract implemented requirements from the software code? (Comprehension)
''
A. Quality engineering
B. Reverse engineering
C. Use of case descriptions
D. Process/flow modeling

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
The project team will use reverse engineering to understand what an existing system with outdated documentation actual does.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 175.
'
93. The inner workings of the existing system/product are studied in (Comprehension)
A. White box forward engineering
9. Black box reverse engineering

Spectramind Solutions
C. White box reverse engineering '
D. White box forward engineering
Solution
The inner workings of the existing systemlproduct are studied in white box reverse engineering.
AnswerC is correct.
Reference
 Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
94. You have just informed three senior members of the development team that you would like their help in reverse engineering a poorly documented
existing system. The existing system must work together with a new COTS application that is a critical component of your project team's current
responsibilities. Your team does not understand this approach and wants to know how the results of this approach will be used. Which one of the
following best describes the results you want from reverse engineering of the existing system? (Application)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Details to help evaluate a new product
B. Extraction of implemented requirements
C. Means to investigate errors and limitations
D. Details to help make systems compatible
Solution
Reverse engineering of the existing poorly documented system is requested to provide details to
help make systems compatible.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 175.

Spectramind Solutions
95. Your project is ahead of schedule when a team member tells you that he suspects that a competing company may have copied your company's
proprietary technology. His suspicion is based on his evaluation of a new product just received as one of the top three candidates for integration into
your new system. He is concerned, however, that his suspicions may turn out to be unfounded and asks that you allow some time for further
investigation. What is the FIRST thing you should do? (Application)
A. Notify management about the illegal product
6. White box reverse engineer the new product "
C. Caution the team member about starting rumors
D. Reject this product and reevaluate the others
Solution
.
You should first white box reverse engineer the new product to determine if there is evidence for your team member's suspicion. Subsequent actions will
depend on the outcome.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
96. Which of the following BEST describes the characteristics of the sequence of activities documented by an activity diagram?
(Application)
A. Documented or undocumented organic flow
B. Manual and/or automated activities

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

C. Automated activities or dynamic activities
D. Static and/or automated activities
Solution
Activity diagrams are used to document existing or future processes and logical flows of manual and/or automated activities.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 229.
97. One of the key features of activity diagrams is the ability to show only activities for a specified area of responsibility in (Analysis)
A. End points

Spectramind Solutions
B. Branches
C. Swim lanes
D. Merges
Solution
Activity diagram swim janes show only activities for a specified area of responsibility.
Answer C is correct.
Reference '
IIBA 2006,230.
98. Sam, a business analyst on the project team, has been assigned the task of explaining to the business stakeholders how information will
be input, processed, stored and output from the new automated system. Sam needs a good visual representation for this pu rpose. He will
build a(n) (Analysis)
A. Data flow diagram
B. Working prototype
C. Information diagram
D. Use case diagram

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Solution
The purpose of data flow diagrams is to show how information is input, processed, stored and output from a system. They are used as aids to communication
between the project team and
business stakeholders.
Answer A is correct. Reference
99. Data flow diagrams provide a data-centric view of the project scope. Business analysts who use data flow diagrams should understand that this method
represents (Analysis)

Spectramind Solutions
A. What the system does, not how it does it
B. External entities that transform data
C. Data stores that provide data to the system
D. What the system does and how it does it
Solution
Data flow diagrams represent what the system does, not how it does it. External entities provide data to, or receive data from, a system. Data stores represent
locations where data are collected for a period of time. Data processes transform data.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 231.
100. The project team produced a context diagram showing the system as a single process and then followed that with the results of successive decompositions
of the process hierarchy. This representation can be found in the system (Synthesis)
A. Use case diagram
B. Data flow diagram
C. Top-down structure
D. Process model

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
The first diagram of a data flow diagram is known as the context diagram. The context diagram shows the system as a single process, with data flows to and
from external entities. The single process is then successively decomposed into more detailed diagrams showing process inputs and outputs.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 232.
101. To capture specifics about data elements being processed, a business analyst drew a data flow diagram using the set of standard symbols.
The location where the data are being stored for future use is represented in this diagram as a (Comprehension)
A. Labeled rectangle
B. Label between two parallel lines
C. Labeled rectangle with curved corners

Spectramind Solutions
D. Labeled circle
Solution
The location in a data flow diagram where the data are being stored for future use is called the data store and is represented as a label between two
parallel lines.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 232.
102. Karen is a business analyst working on system analysis and documentation. Her structured analysis includes completing a set of data flow
diagrams. She is currently adding data conversion processes to a mid-level process diagram in (Analysis)
A. Labels between parallel lines
B. Forked lines with arrows
C. Labeled circles
D. Labeled squares
Solution
Data processes in data flow diagrams transfgrm data in some way, including converting the data, reordering the data, combinin g the data or filtering the

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

data. Data processes are represented as - ,
labeled circles or rectangles with rounded corners.
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 232.
103. A single or forked line with an arrow represents moving data in data flow diagrams. The
data being moved should be identified in the form of a (Knowledge)
A. Verb phrase
B. Verb-adverb
C. Adjective-noun
D. Noun phrase
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
The data being moved in a data flow diagram should be identified in the form of a noun phrase.
For example, the phrase "Valid User 1:d" might be used in diagramming an application that
requires users to log in.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 233.
104. Which of the following analysis techniques is used to understand the range of data within a domain after completing a context diagram and before
or concurrent with data modeling? (Comprehension)
A. Data flow diagrams
B. Use case descriptions
C. Event identification
D. Work flow diagrams
Solution
Data flow diagrams are used to understand the range of data within the domain after completing a context diagram, before or concurrent with data

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

modeling.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,233.
105. A weakness of data flow diagrams is that they may NOT be a useful analysis deliverable for (Comprehension)
A. Business stakeholders in a structured environment
0. Developers in an object-oriented environment
C. Developers in a traditionally structured environment
D. Project managers in an unstructured environment
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
A weakness of data flow diagrams is that they may NOT be a useful analysis deliverable for developers in an object-oriented environment.
Answer B is correct. 7 sference
IIBA 2006,234.
106. Event identification includes which of the following types of events? (Knowledge)
A. External, internal and static
B. Internal, dynamic and temporal
C. Timeless, external and internal
D. External, internal and temporal Solution
Event identification includes external, internal and temporal types of events to which the system, either business or automated, must provide responses,
together with the processes required to fully provide those responses.
Answer D is correct. Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 234.
107. Strengths of event identification as an initial approach to process modeling include that this technique is quicker than top -down decomposition and
(Comprehension)
A. Itis a more struitured approach
B. Developers look here for details
C. Business experts find it easy
D. No clarification is neces$ary Solution
Strengths of event identification as an initial approact! to process modeling include that this technique is quicker than top-down decomposition and that
business experts find it easy because they understand events and their responses through their work responsibilities. This technique is not as structured
as top-down decomposition, but it does provide a quicker way to identify lower- level processes. Detail will be provided later in the analysis process.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 235.
108. ISO/ANSI standards-defined visual representations of the sequential flow and control logic of a set of related activities or actions are called
(Knowledge)
A. Flowcharts
B. Use case diagrams
C. Work flow models
D. IDEF3s
Solution
ISO/ANSI standards-defined visual representations of the sequential flow and control logic of a set ,of related activities or actions are called flowcharts.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 235.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

109. For details of a complex process, a flowchart is a particularly effective means of (Comprehension)
A. Identification
B. Communication
C. Validation
D. Documentation Solution
A flowchart is a particularly effective means of communicating details of a complex process.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 236.

Spectramind Solutions
11 The first step in the process of building a flowchart is (Comprehension)
A. Completing the diagram
0. Determining activity details
C. Deciding the boundaries
D. Preparing textual descriptions
Solution
The first step in the process of building a flowchart is deciding the boundaries of the set of activities to be modeled. Determining the activity details,
such as sequences, conditional logic and responsibilities, follows this. The last two steps are to complete the diagram and prepare brief textual
descriptions, as needed, to clarify the symbols in the diagram.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 236.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

111. In order to represent the flow of a sequence of activities and the controlling logic, a business analyst would include which of the following graphical
components? (Knowledge)
A. Activities and non-sequential flows
B. Start points, midpoints and breaks
C. Trunks, merges and disconnects
D. Branches, merges and joins
Solution
A business analyst would choose from all the components of a flowchart. A flowchart typically includes activities, sequential flows, start points, end
points, branches, merges, joins and forks.
Answer D is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
112. You are a business analyst drawing a high-level flowchart to represent the logical flow of developing a new product from conception to product
release. You just added a rectangle labeled with the phrase "Analyze market potential." Next you draw a diamond labelgd as "Confirmed?" Which
flowchart component does this diamond represent?-(Application)
A. Branch
B. Merge
C. Fork
D. End point
Solution
Branches are represented by diamonds and show the Row from one path to two or more mutually exclusive paths. In this case you might end the
project if the market confirmation is negative or continue to build a prototype if it is positive.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 237.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

113 Labeled columns may be drawn over a flowchart in order to align sequences of activities with appropriate stakeholder organizations. This technique
documents activities together with (Comprehension)
A. Responsibility for their execution
B. Responsibility for their sign off
C. Their associated deletion privileges
D. Their associated execution privileges
Solution
Using labeled columns as "swim lanes" in a flowchart identifies responsibility for execution of processes.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,238.

Spectramind Solutions
114. Which of the following can be used to describe any complex sequence of activities or corr~plex algorithms? (Comprehension)
A. Use cases
B. Flowcharts
C. Data models
D. Swim lanes
Solution
A flowchart can be "sed to describe any complex sequence of activities or complex algorithms.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
:[:[BA 2006, 238.
115. Which of the following shows the information passed between objects in the system through the execution of a usage scenario?
(Comprehension)
A. Work flow model

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

B. Use case description
C. Sequence diagram
D. Data flow diagram
Solution
Sequence diqgrams show the information passed between objects in the system through the execution of a usage scenario.
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 239.
116 Sequence diagrams typically are produced during solution design by the (Knowledge)
A. Sponsor
B. Testers

Spectramind Solutions
C. Architect
D, Developers Solution
Developers typically produce sequence diagrams during solution design.
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 239.
117. The sequence diagram shows the stimuli Rowing between objects. The two types of objects are (Knowledge)
A. Passive and active
B. Procedural and asynchronous
C. Throw-away and evolutionary .
D. White and black box
Solution
The two types of objects shown in a sequence diagram are passive and active. A passive object is active only while handling an event. An active object is

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

active for its entire lifetime.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 240.
118. Message control flow in a sequence diagram describes the types of messages sent between objects. The two types of messages are (Knowledge)
A. Passive and active
B. Procedural and asynchronous
C. Throw-away and evolutionary
D. White and black box
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
The two types of messages shown in a sequence diagram are procedural and asynchronous. An object can send o,nly one procedural message at a time.
Asynchronous messages are also known as signals. An object may send many signals simultaneously but may accept only one signal at a time.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,240.
- 119. A state chart diagram describes a sequence of states that an object goes through during its lifetime. These states are transitioned or
triggered by (Cornpreher~sion)
 A. Users
0. Rules
C. Signals
D. Data

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
State chart or state machine diagram states are transitioned or triggered by signals.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,241.
120. Of particular interest to business analysts is the use of state machine diagrams in documer~ting the system implementation of (Comprehension)
A. User priorities
B. Class models
C. Use cases

Spectramind Solutions
D. Business rules Seiution
The use of state machine diagrams in documenting the system implementation of business rules is particularly interesting to business analysts. Policy and legal
implications may impose a specific :t?te or transition.
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,241.
121. Business analysts use workl'low models primarily to communicate to (Comprehension)
A. Business area experts and de\iselopers
B. Business managers and IT managers C, The system architect and project manager
D. The solution owner and project manager
Solution
Business analysts use workflow models primarily to communicate to business area experts and
solution developers.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 242.
122. Which of the following is a visual requirements analysis and documentation technique that typically is used to identify opportunities for process
improvement? (Analysis)
A. Work flow models
B. Sequence diagrams
C. Throw-away prototypes
D. Data flow diagrams

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
Workflow models typically are used to describe how work processes are carried out in a particular business area and to identify opportunities for
process improvement.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 242.
123. An "As Is" workflow model describes the (Knowledge)
A. Recommended solution
B. Current process details
C. Decision point risks
D. Historical process flaws
Solution
An 'As Is" work flow model describes the current process details, including activities, tasks, sequential flows: decision points, parallel flows, and

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

responsibility for performance. Analysis of a workflow model may result in the identification of risks and flaws. ,,
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 243.
124. 'To Be" work flow modelsdescribe (Knowledge)
A. Historical process flaws ,. B. 'current process details
C. Recommended solutions

Spectramind Solutions
D. Decision points and risks
Solution
"To Be" work flow models describe recommended solution details, including activities, tasks,
sequential flows, decision points, parallel flows, and responsibility for performance. Analysis of a
workflow model may result in the identification of risks and flaws.
-
Answer C is correct.
 Reference
IIBA 2006, 243.
125. The strengths of the work flow modeling technique for requirements analysis and documentation include the fact that work flow models
(Comprehension)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Represent simple logic with either single or many decision points
B. Support problem identificationlnot alternative solutions identification
C. Are hard to develop but easily presented and easily understood by most audiences
D. Represent complex flows with multiple decision points
Solution
The strengths of the workflow modeling technique for requirements analysis and documentation include the fact that workflow models represent complex
flows with multiple decision points and that they support both problem and alternative solutions identification. Work flow models also are easy to develop
and present and are understood by most audiences.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 244.

Spectramind Solutions
126. Which of the following BEST describes an activity diagram technique? (Application)
A. Static model
6. Process/flow model
C. Behavior model
D. Dynamic model
Solution
An activity diagram is a process/flow model. Process/flow models are dynamic models, but process/flow is a rrmre specific identification of the
technique. *
Answer 6 is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,245.
127. The business analyst must understand the primary concerns of each stakeholder audience group and then decide what message sho uld be
conveyed to each group in order to create an effective (Analysis)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Entity relationship model
B. Business case summary
C. Requirements package
D. Risk mitigation strategy
Solution
The business analyst must understand the primary concerns of each stakeholder audience group
and then decide what message should be conveyed to each group in order to create an effective
requirements package.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 284.

Spectramind Solutions
128. The business analyst may enlist the assistance of the project manager and other business
analysts to confirm that the formal requirements package is ready for the stakeholders to
(Analysis)
A. Review, revise and delegate
B. Review, correct and complete
C. Read, rearrange and review
D. Review, revise and approve Solution
The business analyst may enlist the assistance of the project manager and other business analysts to confirm that the formal requirements package is
ready for the stakeholders to review, revise and approve.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 284.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

129. The objective of a requirements presentatior~ niay be to obtain stakeholder buy-in and sign off, to review, to prioritize, to communicate status or
-
(Evaluation)
A. To ensure quality and enhance clarity
B. To understand current system details
C. To ensure the project stays on schedule
D. To understand the risk mitigation strategy
Solution
'the objective of a requirements presentation may be to obtain stakeholder buy-in and sign off, to review, to prioritize, to communicate status or to
ensure quality and enhance clarity.
Answer A is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 285.
130. Requirements presentations may be either (Knowledge)
A. Passive or active
B. Formal or informal
C. White or black box
D. Structured or informal
Solution
Requirements presentations may be either formal or informal.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 285.
'
31. ~he'degreeof formality of a requirements presentation to an audience of stakeholders is determined by the object of the communication and the

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

(Knowledge)
A. Skill of the presenter
B. Scheduled time
C. Audience needs
D. Project phase Solution
The degree of formality of a requirements presentation to an audience of stakeholders is determined by the object of the communication and the
audience needs.
Answer C is correct. Reference
'['[BA 2006, 285.
132. Peggy was trying to determine how to present her business requirements to the
stakeholders. Where can she get the guidelines to determine whether her presentation

Spectramind Solutions
should be presented formally or informally? (Application)
A. Professional speaker guidelines
B. Informal presentation guidelines
C. Formal communication plan
D. Project communication plan Solution
"The project communication plan should outline formal and informal presentation needs."
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 285.
133. An outline of both formal and informal presentation needs should be included in the project (Analysis)
A. Communication plan
B. Stakeholder list
C. Risk mitigation strategy
D. Quality assurance plan
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

An outline of both formal and informal presentation needs should be included in the project communication plan.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 285.
134. Which of the following stakeholder audiences most likely will need a high-level understanding of the requirements and the project status in a formal
slide presentation? (Knowledge)
A. Quality engineers
B. Senior business users
C. Implementation team
D. Subject matter experts
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
The senor business users will most likely need a high-level understanding of the requirements and the project status in a formal slide presentation.
Answer I3 is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 286.
135. Which of the following are the MOST appropriate uses of a formal requirements presentation? (Application)
A. To ensure there is no ambiguity with the testing team
B. As a facilitation exercise to enhance clarity
C. To obtain delivery team or business team sign off
D. To perform a status check of requirements Solution
To obtain delivery team or business team sign off are uses of a formal requirements presentation. All other answers are more appropriate to
informal presentations.
Answer C is correct. Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 286.
136. Which of the following are the MOST appropriate uses of an informal requirements presentation? (Application)
A. To ensure that product standards have been adhered to
8. As a de-scoping/project review exercise
C. To obtain delivery team or business team sign off
D. To ensure clarity with the testing and training teams Solution
To ensure there is no ambiguity with the testing team and to communicate requirements to the training team are appropriate uses of informal
requirements presentations. Obtaining sign off, de-scoping and ensuring that standards are adhered to are more appropriate to formal presentations.
Answer D is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IIBA 2006, 286.
137. Introduction of parties attending the presentation, a statement of objectives, project background, review of the deliverable, agreement on changes and
review of status are components of which of the following types of presentations? (Evaluation)
A. Formal or informal
B. Structured or casual
C. Formal or unstructured
D. Informal or structured
Solution
Introduction of parties attending the presentation, a statement of objectives, project background, review of the deliverable, agreement on changes and review of
status are components of both formal and informal presentations.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 287.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

138. Objectives of the requirements presentation should be (Knowledge)
A. Contained in the requirements documentation
B. Stated and agreed on at the beginning of the presentation
C. Stated at the beginning and end of the presentation
D. Understood by key presentation attendees
Solution
Objectives of the requirements presentation should be stated and agreed on at the beginning of the presentation.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 287.
139. Lists of actions for the business analyst, business users and the delivery team are likely outputs of a (Knowledge)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Feasibility study
B. Business case summary
C. Requirements presentation
D. Risk mitigation strategy
Solution
Lists of actions for the business analyst, business users and the delivery team are likely outputs of a requirements presentation.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,287.
140. Approval, approval with minor amendments or not approved are typical outputs of a (Analysis)
A. Formal requirem~nts review
B. Brainstorming working group
C. Requirements walk-through
D. Formal requirements presentation
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Approval, approval with minor amendments or not approved are typical outputs of a formal requirements presentation.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,288.
141. Specific objectives of formal requirements reviews or walk-throughs include removal of superfluous requirements, ensuring that requirements fit
within the stated scope and ensuring completeness of requirements. Which of the following BEST describes the overall purpose of a formal
requirements review or walk-through? (Application)
A. To verify the accuracyof requirements
'B. To establisli the feasibility of requirements

Spectramind Solutions
C. To finalize requirements documentation
D. To ensure conformance to standards
Solution
The overall purpose of a formal requirements review or walk-through is to verify the accuracy, of
requirements.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 288.'
142. A working group session where invited participants carefully study the requirements on
their own before attending the meeting is known as a (Knowledge)
A. Formal requirements review
B. Formal requirements presentation
C. Requirements brainstorming session
D. Informal requirements review

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
A working group session where invited participants carefully study the requirements on their own before attending the meeting is known as a formal
requirements review.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 288.
143. Prioritized, approved business requirements, usability requirements and a test plan are input to (Knowledge)
A. Support the quality assurance process
B. Ensure the usability of the solution

Spectramind Solutions
C. Communicate the solution impacts
D. Support the solution implementation
Solution
Prioritized, approved business requirements, usability requirements and a test plan are input to ensure the usability of the solution.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 307.
144. Which of the following is the output of the task that ensures the usability of the solution? (Knowledge)
A. Additions to lessons learned documentation
B. Test plan aligned to requirements
C. Assessment of the solution usability
D. High-level requirements for the next release Solution
The output of the task that ensures the usability of the solution is an assessment of the solution usability.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 307.
145. Included in the quality assurance process are development of the test plan, execution of the test plan and (Knowledge)
A. Lessons learned
B. Risk mitigation
C. Change management
D. Defect tracking Solution
Included in the quality assurance process are development of the test plan, execution of the test plan and defect tracking.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,308.
146. How involved in the solution implementation should the business analyst be? (Knowledge)
A. Very involved
B. Not involved
C. Involved at the beginning
D. Involved at the end
Solution
The business analyst should be very involved throughout the implementation of the solution. The business must assist the stakeholders in the transition to
a new business process.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,308.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

147. Which of the following are inputs to the task of supporting the implementation of the solution? (Knowledge)
A. Quality assurance standards and test plan
B. Approved design and implementation plan
C. High-level requirements for the next release
D. Implemented solution and conversion plan
Solution
The approved design and implementation plan are inputs to the task of supporting the implementation of the solution.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,309.

Spectramind Solutions
148. Communicating solution impacts to the stakeholders is a critical task for the (Knowledge)
A. Test team
B. Subject matter experts
C. Business analyst
D. Project manager ., Solution
. . Communicating solution impacts to the stakeholders is a critical task for the
business analyst."
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,309.
149. Communicating the solution impacts to the business stakeholders has which of the following outputs? (Knowledge)
A. Usability requirements and a test plan
B. Quality assurance standards and test plan

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

C. High-level requirements for the next release
D. Employee procedure documentation and training Solution
Employee procedure documentation and training are outputs of communicating the solution impacts to the business stakeholders.
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 310.
150. A post implementation assessment should be conducted to formally document improvements for subsequent projects by the (Knowledge)
A. Business analyst
B. Implementation team
C. Project manager

Spectramind Solutions
D. Project sponsor
Solution
A post irr~plementation assessment should be conducted by the business analyst to formally document improvements for subsequent projects
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 310.
Chapter 7: Practice Solutions C
1 Which statement does NOT represent a benefit of applying requirements practices?
(Knowledge)
A. Achieving a clear understanding of user needs
B. Being able to understand some of the key variables of success
C. Achieving more effective organizational collaboration
D. Compiling statistical data for baselining past projects Solution
Statistical data for baselining past projects under scrutiny would not be an intended benefit of effective requirements practices. In fact, baselining past projects

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

cannot be done and would not serve a purpose if it could be done.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 10-11.
2. In small organizations, the Enterprise Architecture knowledge area may consist of (Knowledge)
A. Detailed market research
5. Complex financial forecasts
C. organizational structure charts

Spectramind Solutions
D. Statistical analysis of market saturation . . Solution
Typically, detailed maFket research, complex financial forecasts and data such as statistical analysis of market saturation would apply only to a larger, more
developed organization.
Answer C is correct. Reference
3. Among the key skills of a business architect is (Knowledge)
A. Prograrr~ management
6. Business strategy
C. Java programming
D. Business accounting
Solution
Although general knowledge such as program management, business accounting and even Java programming may be applicable at times, business
strategy is a necessary skill for a business architect at all times.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer B is correct.
Reference
4. When an organization sets out to create a business architecture, some of the key processes it will apply include: (Knowledge)
A. Performing a quality review of the major business architecture
B. Creating a work breakdown structure of the outlined scope of work
C. Initiating validation of all created planning documents available
D. Adjusting the scope of the project to meet the needs of key drivers of the organization
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
Although a work breakdown structure may be created at this time, it would be only a sub- component of a higher-level process. Validation would not be
performed as a separate process in and of itself, nor would it be performed at this stage within the project life cycle. With respect to scope, the goal
during business architecture development is to identify and set the boundaries of the proposed scope. The most correct answer therefore is to perform a
quality review of the major business architecture components. Quality must be built into the business architecture.
Answer A is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 28.
..
5. The business architecture focuses on the concerns of which stakeholders? (Knowledge)
A. Key business owners and shareholders
 €3. Top-level executives and decision makers
C. Key user groups within the organization
D. All potential stakeholders of the enterprise
Solution
The business architecture is focused on the high-level processes and organizational components of the enterprise and therefore must include the

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

concerns, needs and perspectives of all potential stakeholders.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 30-31.
6. A feasibility study generally is conducted in order to: (Knowledge)
A. Provide detailed analysis of the potential risks of a planned project
B. Assess the potential impacts of the proposed initiative on utility usage
C. Enable decision makers"to choose the best potential initiatives
D. Provide detailed analysis of the total slack in a proposed project schedule
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
Feasibility studies are conducted for many reasons in today's fast-paced, complex world. Typically the business analyst is concerned with how the
proposed initiative could impact the organization internally and externally, including all operational aspects and organizational deliverables, as well as
any regulatory and/or legal impacts to the organization in part or as a whole. The most correct answer in this case is to enable the leaders or decision
makers of the organization to determine the feasibility of a potential business initiative.
Answer C is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 35.
7. When performing feasibility analysis, the business analyst is NOT responsible for knowing: (.Knowledge)
A. Key business and IT initiatives within the organization at the current time
B. Specific drivers behind financial analysis of future business objectives
C. The internat IT infrastructure at a deep level
D. The high-level Goals and objectives established by the organization ,
Solution
During feasibility analysis, the business analyst is required to have a general understanding of the organization in its entirety, including the key drivers of

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

the organization and its focused initiatives. An in-depth understanding in the area of IT is not required. It is understood, however,
,1
that the business analyst understands the needs and demands of the IT component of the organization and is able to communicate at a general
level. Any. specialized knowledge from 1T or other departments of an organization can be translated by an applied subject matter expert.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 35.
8. Which statement accurately contrasts the purpose of the business architect with that of the project manager? (Comprehension)
A. The business architect develops and maintains a set of plans that illustrate the functionality of the organization. In contrast, the project manager
plays the singular role of maintaining budgets on projects.
B. -the business architect develops and maintains a map that illustrates the cash I'low of the institution. In contrast, the project manager plays the
singular role of planning and executing projects.
C. The business architect develdps and maintains a set of plans that illustrate the structure and functions of the business. In contrast, the
project manager plays the singular role of planning and executing projects.

Spectramind Solutions
D. The business architect develops a map that illustrates the growth of an organization. In contrast, the project manager plays the singular role of
executing and closing projects after they have been planned and scheduled by the business analyst.
Solution
The roles and responsibilities of the business architect are completely different from those of the project manqger. Business architecture is developed and
maintained in order to provide a map or a set of plans that illustrates the structure and functions of the business, organization or institution. Business
architects are given the mandate to achieve this purpose. 1n contrast, the project manager plays the singular role of planning and executing projects. The
project manager's success measures are tied to these project-specific endeavors.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 35.
9. Business architects need to be knowledgeable in various areas. Which statement BEST describes some of the areas in which the business
architect needs to be knowledgeable? (Comprehension)
A. Standard architectural principles, structural design issues and industry-specific business concepts
B. General business practices, how various business units interact and typical industry domains
C. Business strategic planning, process reengineering, and scheduling and budgeting techniques
D. Business legal and regulatory concerns that may impact the enterprise, business vocabulary and multiple languages

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
d
Business architects need to be knowledgeable in various areas. From the list given, the best response is general business practices, how various
business units interact and typical industry domains.
A business architect does not need to understand structural design issues-an architect who designs buildings does. Nor does the business architect
need to be able to perform scheduling and budgeting or to be multilingual. The ability to speak multiple languages might be helpful, but it is not always
a requirement.
Answer B is considered correct.
Reference
-
IIBA 2006, 27-28.
3

Spectramind Solutions
Scenario for questions 10-11: The business architecture serves the purpose of presenting information about the business in terms that illustrate
how the business operates and acts as a system for delivery of value. Assume that you are working as a new business architect within a medium
size organization that has no existing business architecture mapped out.
10. What are some of the first documents you would choose to review in order to begin mapping business architedture for the o rganization? (Application) a
A. Managerial mission statements, project scope documents from past projects and IT infrastructure plans
8. Vision and mission statements, documented goals and deliverables, and descriptions of product and service offerings
C. Vision statements, documented employee role descriptions, and profit and loss statements from the last few years
D. Documented goals and deliverables, internal equipment process maps, mission statements and marketing campaign documents
Solution
The best response is vision and mission statements, documented goals and deliverables, and descriptions of product and service offerings.
Although the business architect would be able to extract important information from the other associated documents, this overall list would be
MOST helpful.
Answer B is considered correct.
Reference
11. What are some of the first documents you would choose to create after reviewing all existing documentation within the organization?

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

(Application)
A. Organizational charts, strategic goals and deliverables, business unit measures and business service level agreements
B. Corporate strategic goals, geographical structure of business units and business market competitive placement
C, Business unit political functions, organizational structures, strategic goals and deliverables, and business external processes
D. Strategic goals and deliverables, organizational structures, business unit functions, and services and processes
Solution
~uhessarchitects need documentation from various areas in order to clearly map functions and processes across the enterprise. -the list that BEST
describes key documents that would help in building some of the critical building blocks of the business architecture is strategic goals and deliverables,
organizational structures, business unit functions, and services and processes. Service level agreements, market competitive placement and political
functions within the organization would not help the business architect to achieve usual objectives.
Answer D is considered correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
12. You have been hired by a large financial institution to work as a business analyst. Funding is not an issue, and the number o ne initiative requires the
development of a new software application to link the financial institution's various platforms together as one. As a professional business architect,
what are some of your concerns about this initiative? (Applitation)
A. Cost, schedule and quality implications of the detailed initiative that is laid out
B. Information transfer requirements, system integration and system storage issues
C. Technological'hqrdwa,re requirements, associated costs and subject matter expert needs
Dm~evelof custom-software complexity and legal, regulatory and security implications
Solution
The business analyst in this case needs to focus on the needs anddrivers of the financial institution. The institution has mentioned that cost is not a
concern. The institution needs a system that functions properly all the time, with the highest levels of accuracy, speed and security. The main concerns
from the provided list would be the level of complexity of developing software from scratch to meet custom needs. Anything new will introduce risks and
challenges. Furthermore, adhering to legal and regulatory requirements will be necessary and challenging as well. Meeting the highest level of security
will only add to the challenges already inherent in this initiative. ,
Answer D is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

:[:[BA 2006, 27-35.
13. A business analyst working within a financial firm usually must create generic documents while developing the business architecture. In practice, choosing
which documents to create and why raises various concerns and considerations. Which statement BEST illustrates these concerns and considerations of a
professional business architect? (Application)
A. 'The business architecture should provide order in the midst of constant change while remaining flexible enough to accommodate shifting
business drivers
B. The business architecture should provide a map of the enterprise and all of its major components while also accommodating the constant pressures
of politics among key stakeholders
C. The business architect should create a master library of documents that illustrate the business unit processes and provide a rigid structural map to which all
future initiatives must adhere .
D. The common goal of the business architect is to clarify the intricati business informational processes while also remaining flexible enough to accommodate
shifting business platform needs

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
The common goal of the business architecture is to provide order in the midst of constant change while remaining flexible enough to accommodate shifting
business drivers and devising strategies to meet those drivers.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
14. Felix works for a large retail corporation:with 35 public retail outlets and 2 distribution centers. The logistics arm of the corporation is employing a
just-in-time approach to distribution of merchandise but still seems to struggle in meetirlg market demands. Which statement BEST describes business
 knowledge applicable to the scenario and to the needs of the business analyst? (Application)
A. A general understanding of systems planning and information processes, along with job descriptions of those in charge of purchasing
B. A general understanding of logistics; IT infrastructure and purchasing processes that integrate with logistics
C. A general understanding of silo effects, IT infrastructure and supplier system requirements for purchasing
D. A general understanding of international logistical coordination, purchasing responsibilities and associated training requirements
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The business analyst definitely would benefit from a general understanding of corporate logistics, the IT infrastructures that support them and purchasing
processes that integrate with the logistics arm.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 27.
15. A bl~siness analyst identified some potential solutions to various internal process issues. In preparation for a broad presentation next week, what tool
would be helpful to ~llustrate the organization's current and future state? (Application)
A. Vision analysis
B. Goal analysis
C. Gap analysis
D. State analysis

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
The business analyst needs to use Gap analysis. This method enables review of the current state of the business, the future state of the business and
what steps are necessary to close the gap between the current state and the future state.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 28.'.
16. A large manufacturer of satellites has noticeathat technicians are losing a significant number of tools with high replacement costs. What key skill
 set or knowledge base would be an asset to the business analyst trying to resolve this problem? (Application)
A. Organizational change management processes
B. Enterprise-level configuration management
C. Business operational processes and procedures
D. Risk management processes and procedures
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A general understanding of business operational processes and procedures would help the business analyst most in this case. The analyst would need
to examine the current operational processes and procedures that have an impact on how technicians receive and use their tools.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
, IIBA 2006, 28.
17. Even if a business analyst has all the right training, the necessary skills and the applicable .knowledge, they may still face challenges in navigating an
organization. What should the business analyst do to overcome this obstacle? (Application)
A. Address politics, tight schedules and communication issues in the project
B. Take training in team building, people skills and program management
C. Develop detailed technological understanding and obtain programming certification
D. Acquire knowledge of information architecture knowledge as well as certifications in process engineering and infrastructure management

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
Most projects are potentially very complex. In most organizations, a business analyst can expect to face political issues, schedules that constrain work and
difficult communication hurdles. The analyst cannot be expected to have programming language experience, and infrastructure management training,
although such skills and training could be of benefit.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
 18. A capable business analyst who is a generalist often is good at the job regardless of the industry in which he or she works. Certain factors differ,
however, from one organization to another and must be clari.fied by the business analyst. Which list BEST describes some of these key variables?
(Application)
A. Close personal relationships among key stake'holders
B. Unique market analysis of the proposed initiatives
C. Cost-benefit projections for the particular scenario
D. Organizational "drivers" behind the application

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
The business analyst must always clarify the organizational drivers behind the need for an application. Different organizations may request the same
application for completely different reasons. Without knowledge of these organizationaldrivers, the business analyst may make decisions that steer
development of the application in the wrong direction.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 28-35.
19. During business architecture development, what factors should be considered in order to decide whether to develop descriptions of the present state
of the business, descriptions of thefuture state of the business or both? (Application)
A. Stakeholder demands expressed by the most powerful members of the board of directors
B. Requirements that are driving the business architecture development
C. Documentation available from the organization's quality assurance group

Spectramind Solutions
D. Environmental impact assessments documented by the organization in the past
Solution
The business analyst can benefit from beiqg aware of stakeholder demands, quality assurance documentation and any environmental impact
assessments. The most critical factor in this case, however, is the requirements that are driving the business architecture development in the first place.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 28.
Scenario for questions 20-21: When planning the business architecture effort for a large multinational petroleum company, Zoran decided he would
need to develop a framework and approach for his architecture, plan what documents he would need as well as potential resources, and decide how the
architecture would be stored and managed.
20. Based on the scenario, what, if'anything, is missing from Zoran's approach? (Analysis)
A. Create documents that will be needed to decide the scope of future initiatives
B. Map and build documents that illustrate the future state of the organization
C. Construct a top-down approach or a approach driven by change initiatives

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. Plan an open discussion with all stakeholders concerning the architecture development
Solution
One thing Zoran could do in this case is decide between a top-down approach or an approach driven by change initiatives for his architecture. Mention
of a future state is only one of several approaches. It would be difficult to anticipate the docuhents that would support future development of the
organization. A discussion with all stakeholders could be beneficial, but it would leave the quantity of stakeholders open-ended, which may not be
practical.
Answer C is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 28.
21. Which statement BEST prioritizes the developmental steps of Zoran's business architecture, in descending order? (Analysis)
A. Develop an architecture framework and approach, plan what documents and resources are needed and determine how the architecture

Spectramind Solutions
would be stored and managed
B. Plan what documents are needed along with any potential resources, develop an architecture framework and approach, and determine how the
architecture would be stored and managed
C. Determine how the architecture would be stored and managed, develop an architecture framework and approach, and plan what documents and
resources would be needed
D. Plan potential resources, develop an architecture framework and approach, plan what documents would be needed and determine how the
architecture would be stored and managed
Solution
The BEST approach from the options given would be to develop an architecture framework and approach, plan what documents and resources are needed
and determine how the architecture would be stored and managed.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 28.
22. What is the BEST reason to invest time and money in creating and maintaining business architecture? (Analysis)
A. A strong business architecture can help protect the integrity of the organization amid constant change
B. A business architecture will ensure that the organization never finds itself out of date and out of touch with industry standards
C. A developed business architecture supports a change management program that is needed to limit or stop changes to the organization
D. Busjness architecture enables an organization to anticipate shifts in application technologies that may impact the organization's future state
Solution "-

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Every organization faces change. Business architecture 'can be used to help protect the integrity ,
of the organization amid such change, and to assist leaders in making strategic plans for the
future.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 29-30.
Sample Exam Questians: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
23. A large manufacturer of satellites has noticed that its technicians are losing a significant amount of tools inside satellites during the manufacturing process.
What documents, graphs or models could the business analyst create as part of the business architecture in order to help clarify this problem and take
steps to rectify it? (Analysis)
A. Develop risk analysis reports to identify the risks of losing tools
B. Perform cost-benefit analysis of either continuing to purchase new tools or changing internal processes to reduce the number of tools lost

Spectramind Solutions
C. Develop communication maps to isolate breakdowns in communication within the
manufacturing departments
D. Create process flow diagrams and procedural documentation to isolate the flaws in the organization's current state
Solution
Risk analysis, cost-benefit analysis and communication maps would all be helpful. Creation of
process flow diagrams and procedural doc~~mentation
to isolate the flaws in the organization's current state, however, would be the most proactive, helpful step that
the business analyst could take.
Answer D is correct.
 Reference
IIBA 2006, 28-33.
24. When a bl~siness analyst maps out the current state of an organization and the future
desired state in order to identify the necessary steps to get there, what application of

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

business architecture is the business analyst using? (Analysis)
*> 'A. Business function analysis
B. Gap analysis
C. Business service analysis
D. Business process analysis
Solution
The business analyst is performing gap analysis. Business function, service and process analysis all could be part of gap analysis.
Answer B is correct. T
Reference
IIBA 2006, 28.
25. A large orgarlization has had 10 separate consulting groups provide services, including updating business architecture documentation. What

Spectramind Solutions
potential problems could this cause? (Analysis)
A. Every consulting group has different internal methodologies and quality standards that it adheres to, resulting in different approaches to
business architecture
B. This would not cause problems; it is an economically wise way to outsource document maintenance that directly overlaps with ongoing work
done by others
C. The orlly problem with this way of updating and maintaining a business architecture is that it will remove proper ownership of the architecture
documents
D. Having consulting groups update enterprise documentation to accurately reflect the current state requires extensive internal management oversight
Solution
Anything that is outsourced requires more management to ensure quality. This costs money and time, and it increases the potential for risks to the
organization. Every consulting group has different internal methodologies and quality standards that it adheres to, resulting in different approaches to
business architecture. Additionally, such a use of consultants may remove proper ownership of the architecture documents.
Answer A is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 28.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

26. A- large organization has had 10 separate consulting groups provide services, including updating business architecture documentation. The use
of multiple consultants has caused problems the organization didn't anticipate. What first steps could a business analyst take to update and/or
protect the integrity of the business architecture? (Analysis)
A. Review the current state of the business architecture and begin planning the scope of rebuilding it
B. Review the business architecture methodologies of the past consulting groups and rank their efficiency
C. Place the business architecture under proper change control and then begin planning to rebuild it
D. Remove the current business archltecture and fast track the development of a new business architecture
Solution
The business architecture's continuity and quality have been compromised. The first thing the business analyst should do is place the business
architecture under proper change control in order to protect it from further changes. The orgar~ization can then begin planning to rebuild the
,,
business architecture to reflect the current state of the organization.
Answer C is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 31-32.
27. A large organization has had separate consulting groups provide services, including updating business architecture documentation. From a
structural viewpoint, what will the organization's business architecture look like if the business analyst builds a typical POLDAT framework?
(Application)
A. It will consist of as few documents as possible, organized by information, IT infrastructure and location components
B. It will contain enterprise analysis documents, communication matrices and tables organized by business unit, and organization components
C. It will consist of spreadsheets, graphs and charts that map the major process groups of the organization and its external customers
D. It will consist of spreadsheets, graphs, charts and tables organized by process and technology
Solution
The typical POLDAT framework is made up of spreadsheets, graphs, charts and tables organized by process, organization, location, data, applications
and technology.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 31-32.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

28. A large chemical process company has hired a business analyst to develop and maintain its business architecture. The executive board has
expressed a desire for a model that focuses on the activities and interactions within the organization. Which type of model BEST meets the demands
of the executive board? (Evaluation)
A. Business process model
B. Class model
C. Use case model
D. Component business model
Solution
Business process models focus on the activities and interaction within the organization.
Answer A is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IIBA 2006, 33-34.
29. A business analyst working for a global paper mill has been asked to review some possible tools and technology applications that could help with
knowledge management. The corrlpany needs an effective way to share, among project teams located worldwide, all documentation that is being
created, revised and updated. The best tool or application is (Evaluation)
A. Web conference meeting software
B. Video sharing Web portals
C. Document sharing and compatibility software
D. Internet collaborative work portals
Solution
Document sharing and corr~patibility software is the most appropriate tool for meeting the needs of the paper mill.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 34.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

30. A risk-averse Holding Company that grows through acquisition and amalgamations is currently looking at two businesses, with the intent of
purchasing one of them. Company A is a corporate corn growing organization with more than 100,000 hectares of land in the United States.
Company B is an alternative energy company that builds hydroelectric plants using proven technologies and sells energy back to the grid.
Considering the feasibility of each company as an acquisition, assuming that the purchase price of each is reasonable, and using the limited
information provided, which is the BEST acquisition strategy? (Evaluation)
A. Company B provides hydroelectric energy that, depending on markets demands, is likely to continue to rise in value, and Company A provides corn
that could be used to produce ethanol. Company A is a better acquisition because of increasing demand for ethanol.
B. Based on market projections, Company B w~ll be able to outperform Company A in the firit year by a large margin. The only risk with Company B is
the high liability insurance typical of the hydroelectric industry. Company B is a better acquisition.
C. Company A should be able to see profits in the next year because of the growing demand for ethanol fuel and should be able to outperform Company
B. Company A is a better acquisition.
D. Company A represents a potentially volatile scenario with high risk to the Holding Company. Company B is applying proven technology in
a market that will only grow in demand. Company B is a better acquisition.
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
Business analysts must be able to assess real-life situations with limited information and limited time. In this case, there isn't enough financial information
available to make accurate projections. Company A represents a potentially volatile scenario with high risk to the Holding Company. Company B is
applying proven technology in a market that will only grow in its demand. Based on this, Company B is a better acquisition.
Answer D is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 32-33.
31. Typical tasks in developing business architecture are planning the activities, conducting a quality review of the business architecture
components and determining the scope of the effort. Which is the correct sequence of these tasks? (Synthesis)
,I,, Determine the scope of the effort, plan the activities and conduct a quality review 03 the business architecture components
B. Plan the activities, conduct a quality review of the business architecture components and determine the scope of the effort
C. Conduct a quality review of the business architecture components, plan the activities and determine the scope of the effort
D. Determine the scope of the effort, condust a quality review of the business architecture components and plan the activities
Solution
The correct sequence of tasks would be to determine the scope of the effort, plan the activities and conduct a quality review of the business
architecture components.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 28.
32. Feasibility analysis is a complex responsibility of the business analyst that requires combining knowledge from different areas of the business.
Which is the BEST combination of knowledge for performing feasibility analysis? (Synthesis)
A. Financial knowledge; knowledge of the vision, mission and strategic goals of the organization; and a general knowledge of the IT
infrastructure
B. Qualitative and quantitative analysis, benchmark analysis, knowledge of HR processes and
'
understanding of the organization's IT infrastructure.
C. A general understandiug of business continuity analysis, and certification in project management and disaster recovery
D. Subject matter expertise in IT infrastructure, knowledge of business process reengineering and deep knowledge of information management

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
Financial knowledge; knowledge of the vision, mission and strategic goals of the organization;
and a general knowledge of the IT infrastructure that supports the business will all help in
performing feasibility studies. Specific knowledge and understanding of HR practices, project
management certification and expert subject matter knowledge of the IT infrastructure are not
necessary.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 35.
33. A mllitary training company is reviewing several initiatives for potential upcoming projects. Initiative A is a new software development project for
simulation training of military pilots in the existing market, to be developed by a new outsourced software development company. Initiative B involves
advancements in solid state technology to reinvent and adapt holographic imaging to digital training applications and would enable the company to enter new
markets. Which statement BEST substantiates the initiative selection? (Synthesis)
A. Initiative A will capitalize on the existing market and strengthen the company's business offering. Initiative B has the potential to enable capitalization on
new markets and diversify, but at a cost of increased risk. Initiative A should be recommended.
B. Initiative B will be a new application in a new market with unknown risks. The risk of not making it to market on time in initiative A is a potential risk that

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

would render the initiative useless. Initiative B should be recommended.
C. Initiative A is the kind of risk the organization is used to taking. Initiative B demands high-level coordination and processes in which the
organization has no track record. Initiative A should be recommended.
D. Initiative B will be a new application in a new market with potential profits. The risk of not making it to market on time in initiative A is a calculated risk that the
organization is used to taking. The most balanced approach would be to recommend both initiatives.
Solution
There is not enough information to make accurate financial projections. A judgment can be made based on risks and the organization's ability to handle those
risks. Initiative A may seem like the higher risk on the surface, but it is the kind of risk the organization is used to taking. Initiative B presents risks that the
organization is not used to taking. Initiative A should be recommended.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 35.
34. The purpose of a business analyst's work division strategy is (Comprehension)

Spectramind Solutions
A, To allocate work responsibilities across the business analysis team
B. To build team dynamics and remove communication barriers
C. To delegate requirements validation work to the appropriate stakeholders
D. To establish expectations of the end users of the project
Solution
A work division strategy is developed by a business analyst to ensure proper allocation of requirements work and that all necessary steps are taken.
The approach is scaled up or down depending on the reflective size of the project.
,:::,;,:;':GI" A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 85.
35. When developing a work division strategy, which of the following would NOT be considered? (Synthesis)
A. The areas of interest of the business analysis team members and their past experience
B. The geographical location of the business analysis team merr~bers C, The specific career development goals of each member on the team I l'he

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

relationships between business analysts and stakeholders and their work experience
Solution
All of the provided solutions are coFrect accept for the "specific career development goals of each team member." Although career development goals are
important for performance measures and potential advancement within the organization, the main concerns are the expertise of each business analyst,
their geographical location with respect to the stakeholders with whom they would have to work, and their potential past relationships and work
experiences with stakeholders on the project.
Answer C is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 85, 86.
36. Which of the following do NOT represent the key differences between a functional and a cross-functional business analyst? (Knowledge)
A. A functional business analyst has a specific skill set such as performing feasibility analysis

Spectramind Solutions
6. A cross-functional business analyst works in a highly project oriented organization
C. A cross-functional business analyst may be a junior, a senior or even a lead business analyst
D. A functional business analyst is often a subject matter expert in a preferred functional role Solution
The main difference between a functional and a cross-functional business analyst is that a functional BA has limitations on available skill sets. The
cross-functional BA has multiple skill sets to offer and is able to fulfill more of the potential rdles and responsibilities of the business analyst.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 87, 88.
37. Key information must be coordinated among members of the business analysis team. This information would IVOT include (Knowledge)
A. Organizational methodologies
B. Documented procedures and policies
C. Key saved document templates
D. Organizational holiday policies Solution The business analysis team members must coordinate information that is pertinent to their work. All of the

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

examples are possible sources of information that must be identified, located and organized for use among the business analysis team members except
organizational holiday policies. Answer D is correct. Reference IIBA 2006, 89:
38. With respect to risk management, the roles and responsibilities of a business analyst are different from that of a project manager in what way?
(Knowledge)
A. 'the business analyst is responsible for all risks identified prior to the establishment of an official project charter
B. The project manager is responsible for, but not accountable for, the tasks being performed by the business analyst
C. The business analyst is accountable for, but not responsible for, the tasks outlined in the project manager's scope
D. The business analyst typically is responsible for identifying and managirlg all risks related to requirements
Solution
The business analyst typically is responsible for and accountable for identifying and managing any risks associated to the requirements development
scope of a project. There may be times when the scope of related responsibility includes more than this, depending on how the project manager
organizes the project. The business analyst is always responsible and accountable for delegated tasks as outlined by the project manager and/or the
organization if a project manager has not yet been assigned to the project.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 93, 94.
39. What is the purpose of requirements risk identification? (Knowledge)
A. To give the stakeholders of the project a sense of security
B. To identify all potential risks that may impact the project
C. To document any and all risks in order to fulfill regulatory concerns
D. To ensure that the project risk register is complete and robust
Solution
The business analyst is responsible for identifying and documenting any and all potential risks that may impact the project, for further analysis and
management. Regulatory concerns may not impact a project, and a risk register may not be used on a project. Even when a risk register is used, the
business analyst may not be responsible for completing it. Someone else, typically the overall project manager, may have this responsibility.
Answer B is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

References
IIBA 2006, 93,94; PMBOK 2004,232.
40. Some of the key elements of a requirements risk management plan are (Knowledge)
A. The management processes used to identify and manage risk(s) associated with .the requirements development life cycle from end to
end
B. Qualitative risk analysis of all risks identified on the requirements development project
C. Quantitative risk analysis of all risks identified on the requirements development project
D. Development of risk mitigation strategies for any and all risks associated with the requirements development process
Solution
The requirements risk management plan is intended to outline how risks associated with the requirements development life cycle will be managed. The main
concerns are how those risks will be identified, how those risks will be ranked and prioritized, the risk mitigation strategies that may be used to reduce probability
of unacceptable risk, and a description of' risk thresholds as set by the key stakeholders of the project.
Answer A is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
References
IIBA 2006, 93-94; PMBOK 2004, 232.
41. Where would a business analyst NOT look to identify potential requirements risk? (Knowledge)
A. Business level requirements
B. Business case feasibility studies
C. GAP analysis reports on the proposed requirements
D. Past project resource histograms
Solution
Some of the key places where a business analyst can identify potential requirements risks are business level requirements, business case feasibility studies
and GAP analysls reports on the proposed requirements. Past project resource histograms would be of no benefit.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 95.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

42. Some common risks reflective of all requirements development projects are (Knowledge)
A. Excessive funding allocated by the stakeholders
B. Vague or ambiguous user requirements
C. Direct communication with a small user group
D. Steep ramp-up time of the overall project implementation
Solution
Most projects have time and budget constraints that cause risks, rather than being faced with overfunding. Direct communication with a small user group
is a best-case scenario. Any deviation from this best-case scenario would incur risk to the project. Implementation of an overall project usually is
considered a constraint related to limited time and is a risk outside the scope of the requirements project. Vague or ambiguous user requirements are the
most common risks reflective of all requirements development projects.
Answer B is correct.
References

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006,95; PMBOK 2004, 232.
43. Which of the following are outputs of requirements risk analysis? (Knowledge)
A. A condensed list of requirements risks and their projected costs
B. A risk contingency budget of any and all risks that may impact the project
C. A list of risks and their attributes associated with the requirements project
D. Quantitative analysis with related budget and contingency reserve projections
Solution
When considering risk analysis, a business analyst is concerned with the identification of all risks and their attributes. Projected costs and contingency
budgets are important, but they are not the focus of the business analyst during the risk analysis task.
Answer C is correct.
References
IIBA 2006,95,96; PMBOK 2004,232.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

44. Which stakeholders are NOT responsible for managing risk on a project? (Knowledge)
A. Stakeholders who are working directly on the requirements project
B. Executive-level decision makers directly involved on the requirements project
C. The business analysis team that is managing the requirements project
D. The end users when they represent a body of two million users
Solution
All stakeholders, by definition, have a vested interest in the project and therefore must take responsibility for the identification and management of risks
associated with the requirements project. If risk management is left up to the business analyst or the project manager alone, then risks may be missed
altogether or mismanaged. 'There are times when a stakeholder group is too large or too removed to be directly involved in the project. A user group of
two million would need to be represented by a focus group or some other representative and typically would not be involved in risk management of the
project.
Answer D is considered correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IIBA 2006, 93, 99.
45. A risk trigger is (Knowledge)
A. An event that causes the engagement of a contingency plan or corrective action
B. An event that triggers two or more identified risks or secondary risks on a project
C. Something that initiates a risk event during the implementation phase of the project
D. An event prior to the risk that increases the probability of the actual risk event occurring
Solution
A risk trigger is an event that "triggers" the planned corrective action, mitigation plan or contingency plan.
Answer A is considered correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 98.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

46. During qualitative analysis of identified risks on a requirements project, what two key variables is the business analyst
concerned with? (Knowledge)
A. Assessing the likelihood and the impact of any and all identified risks
B. Reviewing the volume of potential risks and their associated severity
C. The repetitive nature of any risk and the impact this would have on the proposed system
D. The severity and impact of risks
Solution
,3
The main purpose of qualitative analysis is to assess the probability of a risk event occurring, assess its potential impact and rank it
accordingly. The volume of risks should not be considered without regard to their probability. A repetitive nature of a risk may pose a
threat in some cases but generally is not the focus. -the severity and impact of a potential risk need to be considered in conjunction
with probability or likelihood.
g
Answer A is correct. -Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 97
47. A thorough risk contingency plan usually is reflective of which key variables? (Knowledge)
A. A mitigation plan along with a backup avoidance plan for the project
6. A combination of a mitigation plan and corrective actions to be taken
C. An acceptance plan combined along with a detailed contingency budget proposal
D. A mitigation plan with possible backup plans to be performed by others
Solution
The goal of the business analyst in risk contingency planning is to determine what steps will need to be taken if an identified risk event occurs. In addition,
if at all possible, the business analyst should make note of any potential risk triggers that would help predict a risk occurrence. An avoidance plan is by
definition just a part of a mitigation plan.
Answer B is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 98.
48. According to the BABOh; three common risk response plan approaches available to the business analyst who is developing a risk response
plan are (Knowledge)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Avoid, exploit and accept
B. Mitigate, workaround and assume
C. Avoid, mitigate and assume
D. Transfer, reduce and avoid
Solution
Three common risk response plan approaches are: avoid, mitigate and assume. This refers to either avoiding a risk altogether, mitigating or reducing the
probability and impact of the risk and/or assuming or'accepting the risk when it occurs and dealing with it in real time if and when it does occur.
8.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 98.
49. Which of the following statements accurately differentiates between a functional and a cross-functional business analyst?

Spectramind Solutions
(Comprehension)
A. A cross-functional business analyst usually has multiple skill sets, whereas a functional business analyst often has only one area
of expertise
B. A functional business analyst is considered to be a generalist, whereas a cross-functional business analyst usually is a specialist in at least
three areas
C. A.functional business analyst usually has skill sets that apply across many fields, whereas a cross-functional business analyst often is only a
subject matter expert
D. A functional business analyst usually has limited skill sets, whereas a cross-functional business analyst is often a subject matter expert only
in two areas
Solution
The main difference between a functional and a cross-functional business analyst is that a cross- functional BA has multiple skill sets to offer. -the
functional BA, on the other hand, usually is limited to one area of expert experience and preference.
Answer A is considered correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

50. What is the contrast between the role of the business analyst and that of the project manager? (Comprehension)
A. The project manager is always responsible for the development of new projects, and the sole purpose of the business analyst is to execute and
conclude those projects
B. The business analyst is concerned with the scope of the entire project, whereas the project manager typically is concerned on ly with
requirements development
C. The project manager defines and plans initiatives that the business analyst then works on to develop user requirements and detailed gap analysis
D. The project manager is concerned with the scope of the entire project, whereas the business analyst typically is concerned only with
requirements develo~ment
Solution
The project manager is concerned with the scope of the entire project, whereas the business analyst typically is concerned only with requirements
development. Generally speaking, the BA works only on a subcomponent of a larger project that a PM ultimately is responsible and accountable for.
Answer D is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IIBA 2006, 94.
51. Describe the value of performing risk analysis as a business analyst. (Comprehension)
A. Risk analysis helps the business analyst define a potential risk budget for the entire project, including implementation
B. Risk analysis enables a business analyst to better understand any requirements risks
C. Risk analysis enables a business analyst to develop mitigation plans for established risk triggers
D. Risk analysis defines the depth thata business analyst needs to go into when defining requiorements attributes
Solution
Risk analysis enables a business analyst to better understand any requirements risks. The BA is not responsible for defining a risk budget for the entire
project. Mitigation plans are not created for established risk triggers, and the assessment of risk is not used to define the depth of requirements attributes.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 93, 94.
52. Which of the following risks would a project manager NOT be concerned with, but a business analyst would? (Comprehension)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Politics may slow down all budget requests for capital purchases on the project
B. One of the key structural engineers will leave the organization during commissioning
C. The equipment for the manufacturing facility will arrive damaged beyond repair
D. Requirements testing may take longer than anticipated and impact the schedule
Solution
The BA is concerned with the impact on the project schedule of requirements development and testing.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 93, 94.
53. Which statement BEST summarizes a risk mitigation plan? (Comprehension)

Spectramind Solutions
A. It is developed in order to work around a risk that may occur
B. It is created in order to reduce the risks that may impact the business analyst
C. It is developed in order to fulfill the demands of the organization's quality assurance group
D. It is developed to reduce the probability and the impact of potential risks Solution
A risk mitigation plan is developed to reduce the probability and impact of potential risk. Although the quality assurance group probably is concerned about any
potential risk to the organization and its activities, it is never the sole driver behind the activities of the business analyst.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
54. Which statement represents a risk trigger that a business analyst would NOT be concerned with? (Comprehension)
A. Software integration issues
B. Structural steel integrity issues
C. New technology application
D. Key users are not available for interviews
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Although it is possible that structural steel is a major component of the development and deployment of a requirements package, in most cases it is not. In
contrast, software integration issues, new technology applications and unavailability of users, key to a project, are all potential risk triggers that would concern
a business analyst.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 93, 94.
55. Which statement represents a risk trigger that a business analyst wouid be concerned with? (Application)
A. Software specifications require changes to meet customer demands
B. Structural steel is in short supply and is driving up material prices for the building erection
C. Sub-trades for a project are striking during the construction phase of the project ,
D. A key software designer resigns two weeks prior to the end of software implementation

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
A risk trigger is an event-that indicates that a risk event is about to occur. Typical risks that are always a concern for the business analyst are those that will
have a direct impact on their work. Changes to software specifications will directly irnpact the work of the business analyst. The other answers identify
potential risks that are events that typically would occur outside the scope of responsibility of the business analyst or would be of less significance to the
business analyst.
Answer A is correct. Reference
I(BA 2006, 93-98.
56. Who is responsible for developing a work division strategy? (Knowledge)
A. The operations manager
B. The business analyst or business analysis team
C. The project manager
[I. The program manager of the organization
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Although there is a great deal of overlap between the project manager and the business analyst,
the work division strategy is a tool used by the business analyst for dividing task responsibilities
within the scope of a project when there is more than one business analyst on the team. A work
division strategy can be used to assign work to each member of the team in accordance with his
or her skill sets.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 83, 84.
57, In what part of the requirements development project life cycle would a business analyst or analysis team develop a work division strategy? (Knowledge)
A. During requirements elicitation

Spectramind Solutions
B. During requirements planning and management
C. During requirements assessment and validation
D. During requirements communication
Solution
At this point in the project, the business analyst is still planning the work. Nothing has been executed yet. Requirements elicitation'and validation and/or the
execution of a communications plan have not yet occurred.
Answer B is correct. Reference
58. Which statement BEST summarizes some of the key benefits to using a work division strategy? (Comprehension)
A. The business analyst is concerned with anything related to risk mitigation planning, and a work division strategy is one way to reduce risk on
 each task of the project
B. A work division strategy is created in order to take into account the specific skill sets and past work experience of the business analysis
team when assigning work
C. The project manager and the business analyst use a work division strategy to identify potential obstacles that may potentially delay the
requirements development work
D. A work division strategy combines the benefits of strategic risk analysis and stakeholder analysis into a combined approach for the business
analyst

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
A work division strategy is created in order divide work in the most effective way. Some of the
necessary considerations when there is a business analysis team are the specific skill sets of the team members, along with previous experience on
similar projects and/or similar scales of
projects. Work assignments should reflect this assessment.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 83.
59. Which statement BEST describes some of the key steps to developing an effective work division strategy? (Comprehension)

Spectramind Solutions
A. The business analyst reviews the project, its defined scope, and any constraints and assumptions, then submits a proposed plan to the program
manager for division of tasks on the project
B. The project manager works together with the business analyst and the key stakeholders to review all the agreed-upon work packages and vote
on delegation thereof
C. The lead business analyst or the members of the analysis team review and divide work that needs to be completed, taking into account
available skill sets and applicable experience
D. The business analyst develops work packages based on work outlined in the business case document and organizes tasks according to a
sequence of events that is logical in calendar time
Solution
The lead business analyst or the analysis team members review and divide work that needs to be completed, taking into consideration the available
skill sets and applicable experience of analysts. A plan is then developed to delegate the work reflective of the skills and experience of the business
analysis team.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 83-84.
60. Which statement BEST illustrates the benefits of developing a plan for coordinating information within a business analysis team and throughout
the organization? (Application)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Time savings, reduced amount of rework, clarity of purpose among the project team members and better decision making
B. Time savings, reduced validation documentation, simpler change management procedures and better stakeholder decisions
C. Simplified scope, reduced amount of work, clarity of purpose among the project team members and better decision making
D. Time savings, increased amount of rework, a sense of purpose within the project team and better overall team morale
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 88-91.
61. Which list of possible examples of steps, methods or techniques BEST exemplifies proper knowledge transfer? (Comprehension)

Spectramind Solutions
A. The business analyst is accountable for anything related to knowledge transfer, whereas the project manager is responsible for management of
knowledge transfer on the project
B. The business analyst reviews all types of knowledge within his or her scope and decides appropriate means for and medium of transfer
management
C. The typical approach for the business analyst is to determine whether to use faxes, e-mail, conference calls or detailed document management
programs
D. The business analyst rehews all knowledge within his or her responsibility and decides on how to best minimize the damage of potential
communication breakdown during the project
Solution
The business analyst reviews all types of knowledge within his or her scope of responsibility that require transfer and decides on appropriate means and
medium for this transfer. Although some of the other concerns stated may be valid, depending on the circumstances of the project, the correct answer is
the most comprehensive with respect to an overall methodology.
Answer B is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 91-92.
62. What is the BEST description of the strengths and weaknesses of a knowledge transfer methodology or technique? (Comprehension)
A. It helps the business analyst and the project manager sirnplify disaster recovery planning and ensures that intellectual capital is never at risk of being
compromised or lost
B. Benefits could include fewer mistakes, saved time and the potential to add communication roadblocks, but there is usually a learning curve, with constant

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

change and potential for new priorities
C. Benefits could include better decisions and-reduction of wasted time and money, with weaknesses including resistance to change,
learning curve difficulties and changing priorities
D. Methodologies help the business analyst manage disaster recovery and minimize risk on project-related tasks through better communication and tighter
project life cycles
Solution
Benefits of proper knowledge transfer programs include more informed decision making, less wasted time and money, and the avoidance of repetition of past
mistakes. Weaknesses of applying any knowledge transfer plan include individuals who are resistant to change, learning curve difficulties, lack of time due to
project constraints, changing priorities within the organization that impact the scope of the project and limited availability of the business analyst to apply proper
methodologies or techniques. An effective knowledge transfer methodology does not add communication roadblocks, help simplify disaster recovery planning or
tighten project life cycles.
Answer C is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 93.
63. What is the most appropriate means of ranking and reporting an identified risk to a project that had a potentially high impact and a 9g0/0 probability rate of
occurring? (Application)
A. Such a risk would have to be reported to the lead project manager immediately as an unacceptable high-profile risk .
B. This risk would be considered as a potential show-stopper on the project, and the business analyst must record these findings and track them accordingly
C. By definition, because it is a 990!0 probability, it would be ranked as a practical certainty rather than as a risk
D. This risk is high-high in qualitative terms; such a risk must be documented and reported up to the governing body or oversight committee
Solution
This situation, by definition as occurring with a 99% probability, would not be considered a risk. This "event" would be added to the project plan as a task that
would have to be managed.
Answer C is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 93.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

64. A new business analyst has encountered some issues during requirements development. These issues represent risks that had been
identified during the initial risk identification stage. What should the business analyst do? (Application)
A. Refer to the risk management plan for guidance and engage the mitigation
plan(s)
B. Use the allocated contingency fund to work around the current risk events and notify the business oversight committee
C. Call a meetiug with the project team and collaboratively decide what next steps should be taken on the project
D. Update the project manager and get that person's input and advice
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 93.

Spectramind Solutions
65. What might be some of the BEST first steps for a business analyst to take after initiating a requirements development project for a new
international corporation? (Application)
A. Meet with the key stakeholders and focus groups of the project to discuss the potential benefits and associated risks of the project
B. Coordinate a meeting with the project manager or project owner, the finance department and the marketing group
C. Determine how requirements risks will be managed, and define possible risk
management strategies and risk attributes D. Apply the Del~hi~technique
-
with the organization's subjectsmatter experts in order to assess all potential constraints of the project
Solution -
 The business analyst must first determine and document how requirements risks will be managed
(if this hasn't been defined already within the organization or by the lead project manager);'
identify potential risks, define possible risk management strategies and define risk requirement
attributes applicable to the identified risks of the project as a whole.
Answer C is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 93.
66. Which of the following examples of risk represents the LOWEST potential risk? (Analysis)
A. A large project team dispersed around the globe
B. Challenging new work on the project
C. Effective decision-making processes
D. Hostile politics among the key stakeholders
Solution
The least risk would be with the organization's processes that enable effective decision making.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 93-98.

Spectramind Solutions
67. A business analyst working on a requirements development project find that the junior business analysts on his project team are not working
together very well and are reluctant to share information. Which statement BEST describes the level of risk? (Synthesis)
A. This is potentially a high-level risk to the business analyst and the project if it is not resolved quickly
B. This constitutes a medium-level risk because it is contained within the project team and will most likely not impact the organization at large
C. Team development is always a problem and is expected in most organizations; this situation is not a large risk to the project because it is normal
D. Team development is always a problem; as long as the business analyst continues to work with his team, he should be able to perform his job
adequately
Solution
Team development is extremely complicated and difficult. Without effective leadership and management from the business analyst, the team may fall
apart, potentially resulting in various communication problems, high lev,els of errors and a longer time to completion for the overall project.
~nswerA is correct. .
Reference
IIBA 2006, 93-98.
68. Which of the following are valid techniques for a business analyst to use during

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

requirements elicitation? (Knowledge)
A. Prototyping, Ishikawa diagramming and brainstorming
6. Document analysis, focus groups and interface analysis
C. Interviews, reverse engineering and work breakdown structures
D. Observation, focus groups and RACI diagrams
Solution
Document analysis, the use of focus groups and interface analysis are all elicitation techniques available to the business analyst. Ishikawa diagrams are
used for root cause analysis. Work breakdown structures are a method for decomposing work. RACI (Responsible, Accountable, Consulted, and
Informed) diagrams are used for analyzing stakeholders on a project. None of these additional techniques would be used by the business analyst a s a
primary tool of requirements elicitation.
Answer B is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
69. Who is responsible for performing interface analysis? (Knowledge)
A. The lead project manager
B. 'The business analyst
C. The department manager
D. The subject matter expert
Solution
Interface analysis is a requirements elicitation techniqueand therefore falls under the
responsibilities of'the business analyst or business analysis group.
,AnswerB is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006, 162-163.
70. Which statement accurately defines how interface analysis is differentiated from document analysis? (Comprehension)
A. Interface analysis involves a review of the interface between systems, whereas document analysis constitutes the review and analysis of
available documents
B. Document analysis consists of reviewing documents from past projects, whereas interface analysis constitutes the review and decomposition of future
interface needs
C. Interface analysis typically involves detailed inspection of current interfaces between systems, whereas document analysis requires the review of
interface documentation
D. Document analysis constitutes the review and consideration of any and all documents within an organization, whereas interface analysis involves the review
of interactions between systems
Solution
Interface analysis is indicative of a review of the interface between systems, whereas document analysis constitutes the review and analysis of available

Spectramind Solutions
documents. Another solution proposes almost the exact same answer but differs by stating "interactions" between systems instead of "interface" between
systems. The interactions and interface between systems are two different things. Interface refers to how multiple systems are connected and interactions
between those systems refer to what actions they are engaged in.
Answer A is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 162-163.
71. Which statement best explains the strengths and weaknesses of interface analysis? (Comprehension)
A. Interface analysis enables the project manager to make better project time estimates but falls short of explaining all key business processes
B. Interface analysis enables the business analyst to make better decisions in planning requirements elicitation but does not provide accurate time
 projections for the project
C. Interface analysis enables the business analyst to determine what additional requirements will need to be developed for the detailed system requirements
but does not enable costing
D. Interface analysis enables the project manager to complete all budget and schedul'e planning for the proposed project during planning but does not allow for
variation in schedule
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Interface analysis enables the business analyst to provide information to the project manager that often will enable better project time estimates; however, it may
fall short of explaining key business processes outside the scope of the "interface analysis." A business analyst is not involved in making overall project
schedules, and interface analysis is intended not to provide system requirements inforqation, but instead to analyze interface information between systems.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 163-164.
72. Interface analysis is taken from what knowledge area? (Knowledge)
A. Requirements planning and management B, Requirements assessment and validation
C. Requirements elicitation
D. Requirements analysis and documentation

Spectramind Solutions
Interface analysis is performed during requirements elicitation.
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 162-163.
73. Why does the business analyst perform interface analysis? (Comprehension)
A. To identify and clarify all potentially conflicting systems within the proposed solution
B. To ,illustrate the effectiveness and efficiency of the current operational system
C. Because it is a subset of responsibility for risk identification for the lead project manager during the planning stage of the project
4.. To determine interfaces that will be needed for the new solution and the requirements
 of that solution
, .
Solution
The purpose of performing interface analysis during requirements elicitation is to determine interfaces that will be needed for the new solution and the
requirements of that solution. Interface analysis will not give direct insight into any system'conflicts or operational efficiency. It is not a subset of
responsibility for risk identification.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 162-163.
74. Which steps might a business analyst take to perform interface analysis? (Knowledge)
A. Create a visual mapping of all interfaces illustrating the process flow with the SAP system
B. Create a glossary and exhaustive data library of all information used by and exchanged by different interfaces within the defined system
C. Identify all the necessary interfaces and conduct interface analysis on the users of each interface within scope
0. Acquire interface documentation from the project manager and send copies to the key stakeholders of the project for review
Solution
Typically, the business analyst creates a glossary and exhaustive data library of all information used by and excharlged by different interfaces within the
defined system. Creation of a visual mapping of an SAP system is not a step of interface analysis, nor is sending copies of documented interface
information to all key stakeholders. Performing interface analysis of human users is not possible.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 158-163.
75. What is the difference between interface analysis and gap analysis? (Comprehension)
A. Interface analysis is used to evaluate all interfaces within a system; gap analysis is used to identify the gap between one interface and another
B. Interface analysis is used to identify all interfaces within a system; gap analysis is used to identify the gap between what each interface is doing
currently and what it is capable of
C. Interface analysis is used to evaluate all interfaces within a system; gap analysis is used to identify the gap between what exists today and what
will exist in the future
D. Interface analysis is used to evaluate the purpose of identified interfaces and their interrelatedness; gap analysis is used to identify the gaps
between silos
Solution =.
Interface analysis is lised'to evaluate all interfaces within a system, and gap analysis is used to identify the gap between what exists today and what will
exist according to the proposed solution. Gap analysis can be applied to any situation, not just an interface.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 158-163.
76. Who is responsible for performing requirements elicitation with focus groups? (Knowledge)
A. The project subject matter experts
B. The project manager and business analyst
C. The business analyst with key stakeholders
D. The business analyst
The business analyst is responsible for the development and useS'of focus groups for performing requirements elicitation.
Answer D is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
77. Which of the following statements does NOT describe how the use of focus groups is differentiated from the use of brainstorming sessions?
(Comprehension)
A. Focus groups are designed and used to represent the needs of a large population of users, whereas brainstorming sessions are used to generate
ideas from a small group, regardless of the type of group
B. Brainstorming sessions are used to elicit the thoughts and ideas of a small group, whereas a focus group is specifically selected to represent the
ideas or needs of a larger population that is difficult to reach
C. Focus groups are created when the actual group is large and potentially divided over a large geographical area, whereas brain storming sessions
could be used to facilitate discussion among members of any type of group
D. Brainstorming sessions are used to elicit ideas from large groups through surveys, whereas a "focus group" refers to a group facilitation
technique used to focus the ideas of the group
Solution
At times, the users of a proposed solution or product are a large population, in which case it is impractical to communicate with every member. Under
such circumstances, a focus group can represent the needs of the users more effectively. Brainstorming sessions often involve a collaborative team effort
to analyze or innovate something new. The brainstorming team typically is composed of individuals with different educational or technical skill sets

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

believed to be of value in the collaborative effort. The team therefore is not necessarily a representative body of a larger dispersed group.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 160-161.
78. What are the strengths and weaknesses of using focus groups during requirements elicitation? (Comprehension)
A. Focus groups, although difficult to construct, can present third-party unbiased thoughts, enabling the project manager to report accurate needs analysis
to stakeholders
B. Focus groups can be exper~sive in terms of time and money when eliciting information from a representative group, but the information elicited will always be
true
C. Business analysts can leverage focus groups to identify attitudes and personality types, but focus groups often run the risk of causing groupthink, whereby
individuals are swayed by the group's apparent opinions
D. The use of focus groups is a good way to acquire ideas from representatives of larger groups, but without a skilled moderator, the results may
be unfruitful

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
When a business analyst needs to elicit representative information from a large body of users, focus groups are often the best solution, but the information
elicited from the focus group may not always be indicative of the thoughts, values and attitudes of the larger group represented. If the group moderator is not
skilled, the group's opinions may not be brought out and the focus group meetings may be unfruitful.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 161.
79. The use of focus groups is from which knowledge area? (Knowledge)
A. Requirements elicitation
B. Requirements assessment and validation
C. Requirements planning and management
D. Requirements analysis and documentation
Solution
Business analysts use focus groups within requirements elicitation.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 160-161.
80. What is the most common purpose for which a business analyst uses focus groups? (Comprehension)
A. To test and validate written requirements before their implementation within the project
B. To elicit ideas and perspectives about a product or service from a representative Qrou P
C. To perform root cause analysis on identified problems or issues within an organization that could not be resolved otherwise
D. To analyze the culture and attitudes of key stakeholders toward any and all of the proposed changes to the organization
Solution
During the requirements elicitation phase of a project, a business analyst may use a focus group to elicit ideas, thoughts and
perspectives about a specific product or service from a representative group. Focus groups are not used to validate written
requirements, perform root cause analysis or analyze stakeholders concerned with change within the organization.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 159.
81. Which statement BEST describes key steps a business analyst should take when developing and managing a focus group session?
(Knowledge)
A. Recruit participants, assign a moderator, create a discussion guide, reserve a site and services, run the session and
produce a report
B. Recruit participants, assign the project manager as moderator, co-create an qgenda for the session with the focus group and run
 the session
C. Randomly select participants from a pre-decided group, delegate the moderator role to a key project stakeholder, run the session and
record the findings
D. Select participants based on their bias toward project goals, select a moderator from the focus group and run the session
applying the Delphi technique
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Some of the key steps a business analyst should take when developing a focus group are to recruit participants, assign an appropriate
moderator, create a discussion guide, reserve a site for the session and arrange services, run the meeting and produce a report ofcthe
group's results. Typically, the project manager or any stakeholder(s) are not assigned as moderator(s), and participants are not selected
at random or according to their bias toward the goals of the business analyst. The business analyst needs to select a specific cross
section of the larger representative group to ensure proper representation.
Answer A is correct.
Reference 7
-
7s
3
<. IIBA 2006, 160-161. p
-=
-7
-sx
2
82. Which statement BEST summarizes the benefits of using focus groups during requirements elicitation? (comprehension)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Direct input of key users on the development of the new product or service, and buy-in from those users for proposed changes
B. Saved time for the business analyst, as well as elicitation of key information for requirements development
C. Ability to fast-track requirements elicitation and to reduce the need for travel, meeting space and detailed requirements development
D. Saves time, increases quality and ensures accuracy during requirements assessment and validation of the project
Solution
By meeting with or gathering information from a small, representative group, the business analyst can save costs and time while gathering key information for
requirements development.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 161.
83. Who is responsible for performing document analysis during requirements development? (Knowledge)
A. Project subject matter experts (SMEs)
B. Project manager and business analyst
C. Business analyst or business analysis group
D. Business analyst with key stakeholders
.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution .
Document analysis is performed by the business analyst or business analysis group within the context of requirements development. ,
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 158.
84. Which statement BEST differentiates document analysis from system architecture analysis? (Comprehension)
A. Document analysis is the means of reviewing all key documents that detail the 'as is" environment of any system, product or service,
whereas system architecture analysis is the review and documentation of an existing system
B. Document analysis is the means of retrieving old documents that detail the environment of any system, process or service, whereas system
architecture analysis is the review and audit of an existing system and all of its interconnected components
C. Document analysis is the means of reviewing engineering documents that detail the 'as is" environment of any product, whereas system architecture
analysis is the review and documentation of an existing system and all of its interconnected corr~ponents

Spectramind Solutions
D. Document analysis is the means of reviewing software documents that detail the 'as is" environment of any software package, whereas system
architecture analysis is the management of an existing system and all of its interconnected component
Solution
Document analysis is the means of reviewing kejl documents that detail the 'as is" environment of any system, product or service, whereas system
architecture analysis is the review and documentation of an existing system.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 158-159.
85. What key documents should a business analyst use during document analysis? (Knowledge)
A. Business plans, material take-off sheets, service level agreements, goal statements, shareholder annual dividend reports and work
breakdown structures
B. Business plans, list of deliverables, work breakdown structures, project charters, employee social announcements and earned value analysis on
past projects
C., Business plans, contractual agreements, project charters, corrlpany memos, open legal cases against the organization, federal tax reports and existing legal
guidelines

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. Business plans, contractual agreements, service level agreements, goal statements, lists of deliverables, work breakdown structures and
project charters
Solution
Some of the most common documents available to the business analyst are business plans, contractual agreements, service level agreements, and goal
statements, lists of deliverables, work breakdown structures and project charters. Documents such as material take-off sheets, shareholder annual
dividend reports, social announcements and earned value analysis would not help a business analyst in his or her endeavors.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 158.
86. In what knowledge area does a business analyst utilize document analysis? (Knowledge)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Requirements assessment and validation
B. Requirements elicitation
C. Requirements planning and management
D. Requirements analysis and documentation
Solution
In the context of requirements development knowledge areas, the business analyst utilizes document analysis in requirements elicitation.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 158-159.
87. Why does the business analyst perform document analysis? (Comprehension)
A. As a means to validate requirements of a current system, product or process by studying available documentation within the orgar~ization
B. As a means of eliciting requirements of a current system, product or process by studying available documentation
C. As a means to document existing requirements of a proposed system, or process by studying available old docimentation within the organization
D. To evaluate.the completeness of documents within the organization, so as to reduce the risk of not passing an audit
Solution'

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The business analyst performs document analysis as a means of eliciting requirements of a current system, product or process during requirements
elicitation. Existing requirements available in documents would not need to be documented.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 158-159.
88. How would document analysis help the risk analysis efforts of the business analyst? (Application)
A. Documentation for a current system or process provides the business analyst with a great deal of information to aid the risk identification
process
B. The document analysis technique helps risk analysis efforts by providing specific audit trail documents available only to the business analyst
C. The business analyst can leverage the document analysis technique to identify risks from old projects that may interest the project manager
D. Document analysis can be done in parallel with quantitative risk analysis, making effective use of any documented data
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
Document analysis during the requirements elicitation stage provides the perfect opportunity to also identify possible risks that may impact the project.
The documents under review typically are a key resource for the risk identification process. The document analysis involved with requirements elicitation
often can be performed simultaneously with risk identification by the business analyst, or at least with some direct overlap.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 158-160.
89. If a business analyst identifies project risks outside his or her scope of responsibility during document analysis, what is the proper course of action
to take? (Application)
A. Record these risks but report them only if and when they occur
B. Report these identified risks to the organization's oversight committee
C. Report these identified risks to the project manager
D. Record these risks and notify the project manager after requirements development
Solution
If risks are identified outside the scope of the business analyst's responsibility, the bus'iness analyst should always report these risks immediately to the
project manager or to the organization itself. Typically there is a project owner, champion or project manager to whom risks can be reported, but it is

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

possible that none of these roles exists and the business analyst must report directly to an oversight committee.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 158-160.
90. Which of the following is NOT an issue when using focus groups? (Application)
A. Choosing a focus group that is not a good representation of the users that you're trying to understand will lead to biased or faulty information
B. Developing weak questions that lead the group in the wrong direction so that responses received are useless
C. One or two individuals are able to influence the thinking and perceptions of the entire group
D. When a business analyst moderates the meeting of a focus group, he or she obtains ideas and perceptions
Solution
The business analyst who uses a focus group must choose members who represent the larger group; otherwise, feedback and interaction from the focus group
will be potentially biased or useless. Obtaining ideas and perceptions from a good focus group would not be a problem; it is a benefit of focus groups.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 158-160.
91. What should a business analyst do upon identifying project risks, during document analysis that could shut down the entire project? (Application)
A. Record these potential risks in the project risk register
B. Report these risks at the next stakeholder meeting
C. Report these risks to the project manager later
D. Report these risks immediately to the project manager Solution Whenever the business analyst is confronted by risk(s) that could kill a project, he or she
must report this to the appropriate levels of authority, such as the project manager, as defined by the organization. If a risk maqagement plan for the identified
risk is in place, that risk management plan should be engaged immediately. In addition, all steps taken must be documented. Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 158-160.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Spectramind Solutions
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Solution
Typically the business analyst would create a glossary and exhaustive data library of all information used by and exchanged by different interfaces within
the defined system. Process mapping potentially would capture some but not all of the same information. GAP analysis and Ishikawa didgrams serve
completely different purposes.
Answer B is correct.
"

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006, 158-163.
95. A business analyst has performed exhaustive gap analysis and determined that there simply is not a technology application that can close the gap
between present and desired future states. What should the business analyst do? (Evaluation)
A. Document this immediately and continue working on the project
B. Report this immediately to the potential end users of the project
C. Report this immediately to the project owner or project manager
D. Record this in the risk log and report it at the next project meeting
Solution
This is a major obstacle that needs to be communicated immediately. The business analyst wants the organization to be completely aware of issues and to
take full responsibility for deciding what to do next. -,

Spectramind Solutions
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 158-163.
96. The purpose of a business analyst work division strategy is (Knowledge)
A. To allocate work responsibilities across the business analyst team
 B. To build team dynamics by removing potential communication barriers
C. To delegate requirements validation work to the appropriate stakeholders
-. D. To establish and document expectations of the end users of the project
Solution
A work division strategy is developed by a lead business analyst to ensure proper allocation of
requirements work among members of the business analysis team. The approach is scaled up or

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

down depending on the size of the project and the skill sets of the team members.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 85.
97. Enviror~mental requirements entail typical constraints that may impact a project, such as (Knowledge)
A. Political and legal, market specific, industry specific regulatory and standard constraints, and applicable policies
B. Applicable policies, physical and geographical constraints, funding constraints that affect research and development, and trade tariffs
. Political, current good manufacturing practices, IS0 standards and gas emission constraints set by applicable regulatory agencies
D. Financial reporting requirements, health and safety regulatory concerns and manufacturing labor laws governed by local municipalities.
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
Environmental requirements entail typical constraints that may impact the project, such as political and legal, market specific, industry specific regulatory and
standard constraints, physical and/or geographical constraints, and applicable policies. In this case neither funding constraints that affect research and
development nor trade tariffs is applicable. Constraints such as current
, good manufacturing practices, IS0 standards and gas emission regulatory concerns impact some specific projects but not all requirements projects.
Answer A is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 199.
98. Which statement contains four 'supplemental requirements1? (Knowledge)
 A. Operational requirements, quality requirements, performance requirements aKd privacy requirements
B. Failure and disaster recovery requirements, hardware interface requirements, user
requirements and audit requirements
C. Quality requirements, performance requirements, risk analysis requirements and stakeholder requirements
D. Privacy requirements, market requirements, redundancy testing requirements, and
operational requirements

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
Operational requirements, quality requirements, performance requirements and privacy
.requirements are four supplementil requirements. "User requirements" are not part of the supplementary requirements. Risk analysis and stakeholder
requirements simply do not exist. Redundancy testing requirements also are not applicable to the list of supplementary requirements.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 199, 200.
99. What is the purpose of identifying any and all assumptions and constraints that may impact the solution of a new requirements project?
(Comprehension)
A. Enables the business analyst to better distinguish the real requirements from the stated requirements during the requirements elicitation

Spectramind Solutions
B. Helps the business analyst to decide when to stop researching and start writing requirements on the project
C. Aids the business analyst in documenting the environment within which the solution must exist
D. Better enables the project manager to manage the scope of work on the project
Solution
The purpose of identifying any and all assumptions and constraints that may impact the solution of a new requirements project is to understand
and document the environment within which the solution must exist, succeed or operate within. This has a direct impact on the type and quantity
of requirements developed for the project. Environmental, by definition, could refer to anything from physical atmospheric conditions, to legal
constraints or audit requirements applicable to the project in question.
Answer C is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 198, 199.
100. Which statement BEST describes supplemental requirements? (Comprehension)
A. Requirements'that provide additional information beyond a pre-stated requirement from an end-user interviewed on the project
B. Requirements that provide information specific to the conditions within which a solution must remain effective

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

C. Requirements that typicall; detail functional specifications for the proposed solution within the scope of the prescribed project
D. Requirements that provide additional information that may or may not be needed on the project and can be removed if necessary
Solution
,,
Supplemental requirements provide information specific to the conditions within which a solution must remain effective.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
I:[BA 2006, 198, 199.
Which statement BEST describes environmental requirements? (Comprehension)
A. They describe how the environment will be impacted by the proposed solution
B. They relate to regulatory concerns specifically reflective of any emissions to the environment from the proposed solution

Spectramind Solutions
C. They reflect environmental constraints that directly impact the proposed solution
D. They describe the impact the system will have on the surrounding environmental boundaries
Solution
Environmental requirements reflect environmental constraints that directly impact the proposed solution, not how the environment will be impacted by the
solution. Environmental, by definition, could refer to anything from physical atmospheric conditions, to legal constraints or audit requirements applicable to the
project in question.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
102. Which requirement types are created to describe some of the environmental conditions under which a proposed idea must succeed or operate?
(Comprehension)
A. Environmental requirements, electrical requirements, operational requirements and mechanical requirements
B. Environmental requirements, interface requirements, operational requirements and quality requirements
C. Political requirements, interface requirements, inte~operational requirements and quality requirements
D. Material(s)'requirements, system-interface requirements, operational requirements and cleaning requirements

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
Environmental requirements, interface requirements, operational requirements and quality requirements are created in order to describe some of the various
environmental conditions under which a proposed idea must succeed or operate. Internal constraints such as electrical and mechanical requirements are not
environmental requirements. System-interface requirements would exist only if a solution was representative of a system (it may be a process).
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 199.
103. When should you develop "quality of service requirements"? (Comprehension)
A. When you need to describe nonfunctional constraints to the proposed solution
B. When you need to describe any constraints to the proposed solution
C. When you need to detail functional constraints to ihe proposed solution

Spectramind Solutions
D. When you need to identify nonfunctional requirements with inherent risk triggers
Solution
A business analyst develops "quality of service requirements" when it is necessary to describe
nonfunctional constraints to the proposed solution.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
104. In what knowledge area does the business analyst utilize "quality of service requirements"? (Comprehension)
A. Enterprise analysis
B. Requirements elicitation
C. Requirements assessment and validation'
D. Requirements planning and management
>
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The business analyst utilizes "quality of service requirements" within the Requirements Elicitation knowledge area.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 198, 199.
105. Which list BEST identifies environmental requirement types? (Comprehension)
A. Legal requirements, hardware requirements and operational requirements
B. Audit requirements, privacy requirements and equipment cleaning requirements
C. Privacy requirements, safety requirements and.disaster recovery requirements
D. Privacy requirements, stakeholder requirements and electrical safety requirements Solution
-the list that BEST represents environmental requirement types is legal requirements, hardware requirements and operational requirements. Each other
list contains requirements that are not environmental. Stakeholder requirement is too generic of a description to be included under the umbrella of

Spectramind Solutions
environmental requirements.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 199, 200.
106. Which description BEST identifies the purpose of "scalability requirements"? (Comprehension)
a
A. To provide information that enables educated planning of potential growth of a product or process
B. To assess the virtual scalability of a digital system and whether or not it is impregnable
C. To assess the practicability of downsizing a process or product
D. They are a subset of disaster recovery requirements used by the organization as part of risk management
Solution
The purpose of scalability requirements is to provide information that enables educated planning of potential growth of a product or process.
Answer A is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006, 201.
107. What is the BEST description of the difference between "safety requirements" and "disaster recovery requirements"? (Comprehension)
A. Disaster recovery requirements focus on the attributes of a system, whereas safety requirements focus on the legal implications of the system
related to health and safety concerns
6. Safety requirements are intended to protect people from the system, whereas disaster recovery requirements are intended to protect the integrity of
the system itself
C. Disaster recovery requirements are intended to protect the system from itself, whereas safety requirements are meant to protect the integrity of the
system from human interaction
D. Safety requirements are a natural subset of disaster recovery requirements because disaster recovery is concerned with anything that can go wrong,
including health and safety issues

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
With respect to the development and maintenance of a system, the best way to differentiate between safety and disaster recovery requirements is
that safety requirements are intended to protect people from the system, whereas disaster recovery requirements are intended to protect the
integrity of the system from itself or interconnected ancillary systems.
Answer 6 is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 200, 201.
108. While developing a requirements elicitation plan for a project involving replacement of all the internal change management processes for an
international organization, the business analyst develops which of the following lists of requirements? (Comprehension)
 A. Legal and regulatory requirements, quality requirements and hardware requirements
B. Scalability requirements, quality requirements and software requirements
C. Privacy requirements, hardware maintainability requirements and training requirements
D. Legal and regulatory requirements, security requirements and training
requirements
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The key question to ask is, "What may impact or be impacted by an internal change management process?" Legal and regulatory requirements have
a direct impact on required change management processes. Hardware and software have nothing to do with change management. The rea son
training requirements are a valid inclusion is that they are needed to capture the "process changes" in new training on the topic of the "change
management process."
Answer D is correct.
. Reference
. , IIBA 2006, 199-201.
109. The purpose of a training requirement is to (Comprehension)
A. Describe the ultimate educational needs for any and all users who may interact with or use the system or process

Spectramind Solutions
B. Elicit the educational status of the prescribed users within the constraints of the proposed system environment
C. Expound on the educational needs reflective of the system or process maintainability issues for auditing purposes
D. Forecast the educational complexity and the best instructional approach to the development of a training treatment
Solution
The purpose of a training requirement is to describe the ultimate educational needs for any and all users who may interact with or use the system or
process. Forecasting educational complexity would be a potential subset of this activity.
Answer A is correct, Reference
IIBA 2006,201.
11 Which list does NOT represent typical business constraints? (Comprehension)
A. Funding availability
B. Staffing availability
C. Scheduling issues
D. Weather issues Solution Weather conditions are not typical business constraints. In most cases, funding, staffing issues and scheduling difficulties
represent a greater business constraint than weather.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 202.
111 Maintainability requirements describe (Comprehension)
A. ~nformationabout the operational training necessary for a user to maintain a system -
B. What is needed to maintain br upgrade a system or process in order to keep it running
C. Future system integration requirements necessary to maintain the iitegrity of the current system
D. Current state maintainability records necessary for'non-stop operational needs in organizations that cannot shut down
Solution
Maintainability requirements describe what is needed to maintain, modify or upgrade a system or process in order to keep it running.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,201.
112. Which statement BEST distinguishes the division of responsibility between the business analyst and the project manager when dealing with
"failure and disaster recovery"? (Comprehension)
A. The business analyst is concerned with anything related to disaster recovery planning, whereas the project manager's main focus is on the impact
that disaster recovery has on the execution of a project
8. The project manager is concerned with anything related to disaster recovery planning, whereas the business analyst is concern ed more with how
disaster recovery will impact the requirements project
C. The business analyst is concerned with anything that will impact the requirements development of the project, whereas the project
 manager is focused primarily on the planning and execution of the entire project
D. The project manager is concerned with anything related to disaster recovery planning, whereas the business analyst is concerned more with
how disaster recovery will hinder elicitation of accurate requirements for the project
Solution
'The key to understanding this issue is the differentiation between the role of the project manager and that of the business analyst. The business analyst
is interested only in his or her area of scope, which usually relates only to the development and completion of the project requirements. The project

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

manager is concerned with anything within the entire project scope from inception to close.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,200.
113. Which statement BEST illustrates where a business analyst can look to identify assumptions and constraints related to a new requirements
development project? (Application)
A. Qualitative and quantitative risk analysis and any documented project charters from past projects
B. Business continuity assessments and any cost-benefit analysis documentation done in the past
C. Feasibility studies, market analysis and any documentation from past projects that were different
D. Stakeholder interview transcripts and stakeholder analysis for this project Solution

Spectramind Solutions
The business analyst would want to identify any and all available documentation on the project while also talking to the key stakeholders to get
additional feedback and clarification. All of the documents mentioned are potential resources of information about the assumptions and
constraints, but only those documents related directly to this current project would be useful.
. swer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 201, 202.
114. Which requirement documents should a business analyst create in order to incorporate identified assumptions and constraints?
(Application)
A. Material(s) requirements, system-interface requirements, operational requirements
B. Environmental requirements, interface requirements, operational requirements
C. Political requirements, interface requirements, inter-operational requirements
D. Environmental requirements, electrical requirements, operational requirements
Solution
The documents useful in listing the assumptions and constraints of the project include environmental requirements, interface requirements,

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

operational requirements and quality requirements.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,199.
115. While developing the requirements elicitation plan for replaiing internal management processes, the business analyst develops which
of the following lists of requirements? (Application)
A. Legal and regulatory requirements, quality requirements and hardware requirements
B. Legal and regulatory requirements, management and departmental process requirements
C. Scalability requirements, quality requirements and software requirements
D. Privacy requirements, hardware maintainability and training requirements

Spectramind Solutions
solution
The key to understanding the business analyst's task is the description of the work as "replacing internal management processes." The requirements that
need to be written must enable the replacement of internal management processes. Hardware and software have no impact on the development of
management process. They might figure into implementation of processes, but not the processes themselves.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 199-201.
116. Which components typically are parts of a business requirements document? (Knowledge)
A. A requirements model, user requirements and a Program Evaluation and Review Technique diagram
B. Functional requirements, quality assurance organizational charts and requirements attributes
C. User requirements, equipment critical spare lists, stakeholder analysis and traceability matrixes
D. Functional requirements, quality requirements and requirements attributes of the project
Solution
Typical components of a business requirements document are functional requirements, quality requirements, and requirements attributes. Quality assurance

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

organizational departmental charts would not be included, nor would equipment critical spare lists.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 205-206.
117. What tool could a business analyst create in order to better manage development of and charlges to requirements, along with tracking the impact of
changes across the different requirements, and how would this tool benefit the business analyst? (Application)
t
A. A traceability matrix would enable the business analyst to track all components of the requirements documen.t(s), changes thereto, and the
impact of changes
B. A risk management document would enable the business analyst to track all potential risks threatening the integrity of the project and any changes to
those risks on the project
C. A quality requirements document would enable the business analyst to track all components of the requirements document(s) with respect to quality

Spectramind Solutions
and any changes thereto
D. A functional requirements flow diagram is the best way to document any and all changes to the design specifications of the project and ensure tracking
of those changes
Solution
A traceability matrix would be the tool of preference for the business analyst, enabling the bclsiness analyst to track everything within the requirements
document(s), any changes thereto, and the impact of approved changes to any and all requirements and/or the larger project or the organization.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 205-206.
118 Who is responsible for performing requirements validation? (Knowledge)
A. The operations manager
8. The business analyst
C. The project manager
D. The validation team
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The business analyst or business analysis team is responsible for performing and/or managing requirements validation. Although this responsibility
ultimately may be managed by an overall project manager or higher level manager within the organization (such as an operations manager), typically
the direct responsibility lies with the business analyst or analysis team.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 207-208.
119. Which statement BEST describes the key considerations of a 'business analyst during requirements verification? (Application)
A. The requirements must be spelled correctly, written using college-level grammar or higher, arr~biguous enough to allow room for future change,
and able to be implemented

Spectramind Solutions
B. The requirements must be well written, uninhibited, a maximum of 15 words or less and able to be implemented
C. The requirements must be spelled out clearly, written in scholarly language, unambiguous, renewable and able to be modified if necessary
D. The requirements must be correct in terms of spelling and grammar, unambiguous, feasible, correct, testable and able to be
implemented Solution
A trained business analyst looks for requirements that are correct in terms of spelling and
grammar, unambiguous, feasible, correct, testable and able to be implemented within the
constraints and capabilities of the organization.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IJBA 2006, 208.
120. Within which knowledge area is requirements validation utilized? (Knowledge)
A. Requirements elicitation
B. Requirements planning and management
C. Solutions assessment and validation
D. Requirements communication Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Verification and validation of requirements is utilized within the Solutions Assessment and Validation knowledge area.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
121. Which statement BEST describes the purpose of user requirements validation? (Knowledge)
A. To document the work achieved by the business analyst on the project for project schedulirlg and costing purposes
B. To ensure that they meet their intended goal of implementing the higher level business requirements as originally defined and approved
C. To meet regulatory demands of documentation and certification of predefined management processes such as IS0 14,000 compliance
D. To communicate design and the inclusion of gold plating during implementation of the , requirements project .

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
Business analysts validate user requirements to ensure that they meet their intended goal of implementing the higher level business requirements as
originally defined and approved during enterprise analysis.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,207.
122. Which typical constraints directly irr~pact requirements validation? (Application)
A. Regulatory constraints, legal constraints and adherence to quality measures
 B. Financial constraints, politics within the organization and organizational silo effect
C. Time constraints, international current good manufacturing practices and limited staff
D. Cost constraints, trade tariffs and industry-specific market projection constraints
Solution
All of these constraints may impact different projects under different circumstances; however, the statement that would impact the business analyst's efforts to
validate requirements the most would be regulatory constraints, legal constraints and adherence to quality measures.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 207, 21 1.
123. A business analyst is working for a major national bank on a large IT project that will impact the bank's IT systems and processes across the nation. What
types of assumptions and constraints would the bank and business analyst be most concerned about? (Application)
A. Politics within the organization and the silo effect
B. Regulatory and legal constrai.nts
C. International current good manufacturing practices

Spectramind Solutions
-D.Trade tariffs and market projection constraints
Solution
IT projects performed within any banking environment are heavily regulated and constrained by legal requirements.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 207, 211.
124. Analyze the following written requirement and choose the statement that BEST describes its quality and/or level of accuracy. "The user must be able to pres
the button and hold it
down for minimum 3 seconds with finger." (Analysis)
.
A. The requirement has spelling and grammar issues and sets vague constraints
B. The requirement is well written and includes accurate quantitative constraints
C. The requirement is relatively detailed, but vague enough to introduce possible error
D. The requirement is grammatically incorrect and too complex in its specifications

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
This requirement spells "press" incorrectly. It is not grammatically correct because of the phrase "with finger." It is relatively ambiguous, because it doesnlt
describe which button. This may be fine if there is only one button, but we don? know that. Is it feasible, correct and testable? It seems OK without knowing the
context. It should be something that is achievable by the organization. It is only half complete as far as quality is concerned.
Answer A is considered correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 208.
125. Functional requirements, quality requirements and requirements attributes are all part of something important to the business analyst. Which statement
BEST describes what these documents consist of? (Analysis)
A. Major outputs from requirements analysis of the project

Spectramind Solutions
B. Inputs to requirements planning and management .
C. Major components of a business requirements document
D. High-level documentation of quality assurance requirements reviews
solution '
The major components of a business requirements document should be functional requirements,
quality requirements and requirements attributes.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 205,206,
126. Which statement below BEST expresses the purpose of requirements validation? (Synthesis)
A. Requirements are validated in order to communicate design and the inclusion of gold-plating during implementation of the requirements
B. Requirements are validated in order to ensure that they meet their intended goal of implementing the business requirements as originally
defined and approved
C. Requirements are validated in order to meet regulatory demands of documentation and certification of predefined management processes such as IS0
9000 compliance

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. Requirements are validated in order to document the work achieved by the business analyst on the project for project scheduling and costing purposes
Solution
Business analysts validate requirements in order to ensure that they meet their intended goal of implementing the business requirements as originally defined
and approved during enterprise analysis.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 207.
127. The business analyst must at some point determine the best way to communicate the requirements to the stakeholders of the project. What knowledge area
does this task exist within? (Knowledge)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Enterprise analysis
B. Requirements communication
C. Requirements elicitation
D. Requirements analysis and documentation
Solution
The business analyst must determine the best way to communicate the requirements to the stakeholders within the requirements communication knowledge
area.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 274-276.
 128. Which is NOT a consideration of the business analyst who is developing a requirements communication plan? (Knowledge)
A. Stakeholder demand for executive summaries
B. Technical understanding of stakeholders
C. Organizational structure charts
D. Specific level of detail required by quality assurance
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Every one of these options would be an important consideration to the business analyst except for the organizational structure charts. Organizational
structure charts may provide some supporting information for the business analyst but would not be as important as the alternative options provided.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 275-276.
129. Which statement BEST differentiates the informational needs of the quality assurance group and the board of directors? (Knowledge)
A. The quality assurance group prefers a low level of detail, whereas the board of directors typically prefers high levels of specific detail
B. The board of directors and the quality assurance group only want to see the high-level ideas expressed in any presentation
C. The quality assurance group and the board of directors would most likely appreciate the same in-depth level of detail in order to scrutinize the work
being performed

Spectramind Solutions
D. 'the board of directors will want some documents as executive summaries, whereas the quality assurance group would be more interested in
specific details
Solution
, he board of directors typically will want some documents in the form of executive summaries, use cases and process flow workflows that enable them to see
the big picture, in addition to the
- detailed documentation, whereas the quality assurance group would be more interested in the details pertaining to anything that will impact its areas of
responsibility.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 276-277.
130. Which stakeholder(s) would help the business analyst the LEAST in developing a communicatior~ plan? (Application)
A. Project champion
B. Quality assurance director
C. Project manager
D. Marketing VP
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

All of these people are important potential stakeholders; however, the typical VP of marketing would not be involved in as many projects or initiatives as
faced by the business analyst unless they all worked in a marketing firm.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 276-277.
131. Which statement BEST illustrates what can complicate matters for the business analyst who is developing a communication plan? (Application)
A. There are times when political problems within an organization make any type of communication almost impossible
B. The sheer complexity of a project can create difficulties in choosing the most appropriate means of communication
C. The business analyst is often faced with the challenge of not having software tools to use when developing a communication plan

Spectramind Solutions
D.. Sometimes the governing body of the organization is working against the success of the project and will do anything to stop it
Solution
Effective communication faces many obstacles. In this case, the business analyst should be most concerned with political obstacles. Project complexity,
lack of software tools, and governing body issues are all plausible but probably are less frequently a concern for the average business analyst.
Answer A is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 276-277.
132. Which statement BEST describes a situation when the business analyst would not create a full-blown communication plan? (Application)
A. Sometimes the governing body of the organization is not concerned with a communication plan
B. The sheer complexity of a project can force the business analyst to abandon any efforts at
 creating a communication plan
C. There are times when the project is so small, like a two-day project, that it would not require a communication plan
D. There are times when political problems within an organization make any type of communication almost impossible
Solution
The business analyst must always make the best use of time and energy on any project. If he or

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

she is working on a small-scale project, taking something like two days, it probably would be
acceptable, if not expected, not to spend the time assessing a communication plan. A simple
conversation and plan made with the project champion or project manager, to cover appropriate
measures and necessary documentation, is all that would be necessary.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 276-277.
133. Which statement BEST illustrates the appropriate steps that a business analyst would take, in sequential order, to develop an effective communication
plan? (Application)
A. Identify each stakeholder's presentation requirements and preferences, assess presentation format options and determine the formality
of the requirements

Spectramind Solutions
B. Determine the level of detail needed in the requirements, choose which software tools to use and whether or not to use a projection software tool for the
presentations
C. Decide how long the presentation needs to be, assess the personality types of the stakeholders involved in the presentations and determine what grade
level at which to write
D. Assess the skill level and knowledge of the stakeholders, determine their presentation requirements and interview other business analysts for an idea of
what worked in the past
Solution
The business analyst must always incorporate the needs of all stakeholders in any considerations for communication. Although all of the statements have a level
of truth in them, the BEST answer is to identify each stakeholder's presentation requirements and preferences, assess presentation format options and determine
the formality of the requirements.
Answer'A is correct.
Reference
134. As an input to developing an effective communications plan, the business analyst needs to make some key judgments that will impact the approach he
takes. What would NOT be a consideration of the business analyst? (Application)
..
A. Estimating communication needs within the project
B. Deciding how to communicate and with what tools
C. Deciding which stakeholder(s) have the most political power

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. Determining the best way to receive information from stakeholders
Solution
An assessment of stakeholder political power would not be useful at this point in planning because stakeholder assessments already will have been done
prior to this point in the work.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
135. Applying the procedures and methodologies of creating a communication plan, in practice, what document could the business analyst create in order to
communicate conflict? (Application)

Spectramind Solutions
A, Project risk register
B. Requirements issues log
C. Project deficiency list
D. Project punch list
1
Solution
All of these dociments are used to communicate issues of one type or another on a project. The requirements issues log is the most common means of
communicating conflicts within the requirements development work.
Answer Bais correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 273-274.
136. In addition to communicating project conflicts proactively through key project documents, how else can the business analyst facilitate communication?
(Application)
A. Actively facilitate communication of conflicts and concerns on the project between interested parties
B. Post updates to the issues log on the organization's shared intranet
C. Hold daily issues meetings and force resolutions by majority vote before continuing work on the project
D. Try to dampen the creation of possible conflicts by micro-managing organizational change management

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
The business analyst needs to actively facilitate communication of conflicts and concerns about the project between interested parties. In addition, the business
analyst could create and leverage tools that share pertinent information with the stakeholders involved in real time. Daily meetings involving majority votes
probably would make thirrgs worse. Change management can be implemented only after the requirements are completed, tested and baselined.
Answer A is correct,
Reference
IIBA 2006, 273-274.
137. Most requirements development projects require a high degree of interaction and review. Which word BEST illustrates this process? (Application)
A. INever-ending

Spectramind Solutions
B. Seamless
C. Waterfall
D. Iterative
Solution
~e~uirements
development projects typically are iterative in nature. This is one of the main reasons for an effective communications plan. The success of a project
often hinges on the level and quality of communication built into it.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 273-274.
138. Which requirements format option is likely to be the most expensive? (Analysis)
A. Process workflows
n. Prototyping C, User stories
13. User manuals

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Prototyping generally is considered to be the most expensive, so business analysts therefore must be very selective in choosing when and why to use
a prototype.
?4nswer B is correct.
Reference
lIBA 2006, 275.
139. Which of the following list of requirements format options would have the most appeal to an audience that prefers visual displays? (Analysis)
A. Process workflows
B. Excel spreadsheets
C. User stories
D. User manuals

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
One of the benefits of process workflows is that they appeal to visually oriented people.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
140. Which requirements format option could be considered a project in and of itself? (Analysis)
A. Process decomposition didgrams
0. Presentation slides of spreadsheets
C. Use cases
D. Prototyping
Solution
Prototyping can be effective in communicating information and proposed solutions on a project, but creating a prototype usually requires substantial time

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

and effort. In fact, it usually requires the input of an entire team of specialists with different and complementary skill sets outside that typically possessed
by a business analyst.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,275.
The purpose of developing applicable requirements format options is (Analysis)
A. To persuade stakeholders to approve any and all proposed changes to the requirements
B. To gain consensus with stakeholders about the proposed solution(s)
C. To effectively illustrate, in a presentation, the complexity of the project
D. To persuade the project manager to communicate the project needs to the key stakeholders
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
The purpose of developing requirements format options is to simply and effectively communicate proposed solution(s) and gain consensus with
stakeholders.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,275.
142. A business analyst.works for a company that wants to build a robotic arm that can be used in a manufacturing capacity. The cost-benefit analysis
 shows substantial risks involved in this initiative. The business analyst can BEST communicate these risks through presenting requirements in the
form of (Synthesis)
A. Spreadsheet slides
B. Process decomposition diagrams
C. Prototyping

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. Entity relationships
Solution
Prototyping can be effective in clarifying information on a project. Creating a prototype requires a
'
great deal of time, effort and money, but the costs can be trivial in comparison with the costs of building a full-size, operational robotic arm. The prototyping
effort would help the organization , make a conclusive decision before committing to the full project.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,275.
143. A business analyst has been asked to be available to answer questions from the QA department during solution testing. What knowledge area would

Spectramind Solutions
this role typically represent? (Knowledge)
A. Requirements planning and management €3. Enterprise analysis
C. Requirements elicitation
D. Solutions assessment and validation Solution
During solutions assessment and validation of the requirements development, the business analyst is asked to be available for questions and to support
clarification of detailed design work and solution validation. Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 299.
144. Business analysts often are involved in selecting and designing a solution from a support aspect because (Knowledge)
A. They are well informed as to how to meet the solution needs through design
8. They are the only ones with authority from end-users to make changes to the design
C. They usually are subject matter experts in the area of design
D. They have the most intimate knowledge of and understanding of the requirements
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Business analysts are always asked to remain involved i;l the requirements project, even during design implementation. They may not be subject matter experts
in the technical aspects of the design, but they are in the best position to interpret user requirements and/or negotiate trade- offs in implementation because they
-
I
wrote the requirements.
Answer D is correct. Reference
:[:[BA 2006, 299-300.
145. Who is responsible, during the design and validation stage of a project, for identifying
technical constraints, prioritizing the needs of users, and assessing the alternative solutions
for prescribed business and user requirements? (Comprehension)
A. Program manager
B. Business analyst
C. Project manager
D. Lead technical designer

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
Although specific knowledge in areas such as program management, project management and
technical expertise is important, the person who is in the best position to fulfill this responsibility
is the business analyst. The business analyst is the single point of contact for clarification on the
requirements project.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 299.
146. In what order should a business analyst perform the steps in the solution assessment and validation stage of a project? (Analysis)
A. Map out design plan, clarify solution needs, prioritize requirements and provide testing support
B. Clarify solution needs, prioritize requirements, provide testing support and map out design plan
C. Provide testing support, map out design plan, clarify solution needs and prioritize requirements
D. Provide testing support, map out design plan, prioritize requirements and clarify solution needs
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

During the solution assessment and validation stage of the project, the business analyst typically would need to map out the design plan first. Then, during
design execution, the BA would be available to clarify solution needs and prioritize requirements, not necessarily in that order. This would be an ongoing,
iterative process. Once the design phase is complete, the BA would provide testing support for final validation.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
147. Which item does NOT signify a possible "quality of service requirement" that would affect the design solution? (Evaluation)
A. User knowledge prerequisites
8. Security constraints
C. Legal constraints
D. Maintainability
Solution
Security constraints, legal constraints and maintainability all have varying degrees of quality that will need to be defined as requirements. In contrast, user

Spectramind Solutions
knowledge prerequisites consist of a list of knowledge needs, without concern for varying degrees of quality.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,300-301.
148. Which task BEST illustrates mapping requirements to the design phase? (Application)
A. Assign some type of coding system that cross-references which designer is working on which phase of the project
B. Create a security matrix that cross-references key security concerns with the business level requirements
C. Assign each requirement a unique identifier so that it can be tracked during the mapped design stages or phases of the project
D. Develop a system for tracking which ideas for design came from the BA and which ideas came from the technical experts
The BEST answer from the possible options is that the business analyst would assign each and every .requirement.a unique identifier so that it could be
tracked during the mapped design stages or phases of the project.
Answer C is considered correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006,300-301.
149. Which identification codes would be BEST suited for user requirements traceability? (Application)
A. UR 1.1.1
B. SR A.21
C. ABC Project Rev 21
D. BC March 3, 2009
Solution
The purpose'of developing and applying a traceability matrix is to enable the business analyst and the organization to track the development of all
requirements and the poter~tial irnpact that changes to any requirement may have on one or multiple requirements. Industry standards and common language
must be taken into consideration because many stakeholders will be reviewing the traceability matrices. The most common reference from the options offered
is UR 1.1.1.UR refers to User Requirement, and the numbers 1.1.1refer to a tracking system that can be modified easily to signify various revisions of the
requirements document. Project Rev 21 doesn't give the business analyst enough variables to work with for proper tracking. BC March 3, 2009 uses a

Spectramind Solutions
common short form "BC" for Business Case, but the use of a date in long form is not practical and is too limited in use. SR A.21 is close to meeting the needs
of the business analyst, but again it does not represent best practice and a common language, and it does not provide enough variables for proper tracking.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 301-302.
150. How can a business a~alyst BEST balance the demands of users, key stakeholders and designers? (Application)
A. Always fight for the demands of the users; if it wasn't for the users, there wouldn't be a , project
B. Always stand by the key stakeholders of the projict; otherwise, it will be impossible to get sign off at the end of the project
C. Always fight for the designers; they're the only subject matter experts,involved in the
process, and typically they know what is best for users
D. Negotiate trade-offs between the concerned parties in order to gain a win-win solution" for everyone involved
Solution
The business analysis needs to negotiate the iriterests of all parties involved in the project and

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

often is the most knowledgeable regarding all parties' concerns and needs. The BA must be
available to clarify information, guide the various parties, and resolve conflicts among the various
interests. It is the job of the BA to facilitate trade-offs between the different parties and to guide
the successful completion of the project.
Answer D is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
 Chapter 9: Practice Solutions D
1. Requirements planning and management includes which of the following? (Knowledge)
A. Identifying roles and managing requirements conflicts
B. Managing scope and reverse engineering
C. Brainstorming ideas and ongoing communication
DmOngoing communication and managing scope

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
Requirements planning and management includes "identifying key roles, selecting requirements activities, managing the requirements scope and ongoing
communication of the requirements gathering status."
Managing requirements conflictsis part of requirements corr~munication. Reverse engineering
and brainstorming are part of requirements elicitation.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 12.

Spectramind Solutions
2. Roger is the lead business analyst tasked with conducting a major feasibility study. Roger will build a team of experts to provide the wide range of
necessary skills including (Comprehension)
A. Business strategy and business modeling skills
B. Change management and test planning skills
C. Information analysis and business strategy skills
D. Research and information analysis skills
. Solution
The wide range of skills necessary to condua a major feasibility study include leadership and organizational skills, technical writing and change
management skills, research and information analysis skills, communication skills and ability to work independently or in a team.
Business strategy and business modeling skills are more appropriate to creating and maintaining the business architecture. Test planning skills come into play
much later in the project, in solution assessment and validation.
 Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 36.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
3. Activities that must precede an enterprise analysis feasibility study include which of the following? (Analysis)
A. Initial risk assessment and rating
8. Technical and strategic alignment
C. Strategic planning and goal setting
D. Solution identification and ranking
Solution
.x
Activities that must precede a feasibility study include strategic planning and goal settfng as well as creating the business architecture framework and
generating high-level business issues and problems descriptions.
Answer C is correct,

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 36.
4. Martha's analysis team is conducting a critical feasibility study under strict time constraints. She will decide if it is necessary to conduct some of the
steps in a typical process series in which of the followiqg ways? (Analysis)
A. Iteratively
B. Concurrently
C. Intermittently
D. Informally
Solution
Some steps in a typical feasibility study process may be omitted entirely or conducted concurrently or iteratively. Conducting steps concurrently is
appropriate under time constraints.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 36.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

5. You are conducting a feasibility study to seize a new business opportunity. The final outcome of your study will be ttie (Comprehension)
A. Current state assessment
8. Feasibility of each option
C. Recommended solution
D. Business architecture artifacts
Solution
The typical feasibility process steps include conducting a current state assessment, identifying
potential solutions, determining the feasibility of each option, documenting the results for the
recommended solution. Business architecture artifacts are feasibility study inputs.
Answer C is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 37.
6. You are a business analyst engaged in determining requirements for a feasibility study. You determine and document the potential area of study and
then conduct a root cause analysis. Which of the following BEST describes the objective of your feasibility study? (Application)
A. Solving a business problem
B. Developing a new application
C. Seizing a new opportunity
D. Reengineering a business process
Solution
The approach to solving business problems is to determine and document the potential area of study and then conduct a root ca use analysis. Developing
a new application or reengineering a business process may be solution options but are not in themselves the object of a feasibility study. The approach
for seizing a new business opportunity focuses on determining the nature of the study and understanding the scope by defining the business opportunity
in as much detail as possible.
Answer A is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 37.
7. During enterprise analysis a business analyst begins a feasibility study by drafting a description of the business need for a solution. This
description is called a (Application)
A. Busihess case summary
B. Requirements statement
C. Business architectural artifact
D. Solution proposal statement
Solution
A requirements statement is a description of the business need for a solution to a business problem or opportunity.
Answer B is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IIBA 2006, 37.
8. When conducting a feasibility study it is critical that the business analyst review and validate which of the following corr~ponents with the sponsor?
(Knowledge)
A. Business rules and assumptions
B. Project assumptions and plans .C. Business requirements and plans
D. Study requirements and plans
When conducting a feasibility study it is critical that the business analyst review and validate requirements for the study, plans for the study, benefits associated
with objectives and benefits measurement criteria.
Feasibility studies typically are conducted durirrg enterprise analysis. Project plans and business requirements are produced after a solution is recommended
and approved.
Answer D is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006, 38.
9. A feasibility study team reviews business objectives, strategy and vision in addition to an assessment of current (as-is) and future (to-be) documentation
and an analysis of current business processes and infrastructure. The team is building the (Knowledge)
A. Evolutionary prototype
B. Decision package
C. Current state assessment
D. Business case report
Solution
The current state assessment comprises a review of all or part of the business objectives, strategy and vision in addition to an assessment of current
(as-is) and future (to-be) documentation and an analysis of current business processes and infrastructure.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 38.
10. Which of the following is a good place to look for the descriptive graphs and documents from which the current state assessment can be conducted?
(Knowledge)
A. Opportunity definition
B. System specification
C. Business case report
 D. Business architecture
Solution
The descriptive graphs and documents that are part.of the business architecture provide the source from which the current state assessment can be

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

conducted.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 38.
11. Which of the following should the study team consider when identifying potential solutions for a feasibility study during enterprise analysis? (Analysis)
A. Best practices and lessons learned
0. .Risks and doing everything
C. The collaborative environment
D. Risks and doing nothing

Spectramind Solutions
,Solution The study team should research and uncover industry best practices, the competitive
'
environment, risks and the option of doing nothing.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 39.
12. The study team describes the solution in detail, selects assessment methods and identifies expected results. Which of the following best describes
the object of these tasks? (Application)
A. Detailing the solution assessment steps
0. Determining the feasibility of an option
C. Preparing the business case report
D. Building an evolutionary prototype
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Typical analysis to determine the feasibility of each option includes describing the solution in as much detail as possible, selecting methods to assess the
solution, identifying the expected results and reviewing the results to ensure they are complete.
.":.rswerB is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 39.
13. Market surveys are a solution alternative assessment method that ensures (Comprehension)
A. Architectural feasibility
B. Technical feasibility
C. Economic feasibility

Spectramind Solutions
D. Operational feasibility Solution
Market surveys ensure that the solution will be economically feasible and there will be a demand for the product.
Protdtyping or a technology capability assessment ensures technical feasibility. IT staff and business staff interviews are usedt~~determine
operational feasibility. Architectural feasibility is not a consideration.
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 39.
14. IT staff interviews are a solution option assessment technique that determines (Comprehension)
A. Architectural feasibility
B. Operational feasibility
C. Economic feasibility
D. Technical feasibility
Solution
".
IT staff and business staff interviews are used to determine operational feasibility.
Prototyping or a technology capability assessment ensures technical feasibility. IT staff and business staff interviews are used to determine operational

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

feasibility. Architectural feasibility is not a consideration.
Answer B is correct. Reference
15. Which of the following is the MOST appropriate description of stakeholders involved in or irr~pacted by pre-project feasibility studies?
(Application)
A. Government and regulatory bodies
B. Technical and operational teams
C. Management and process owners

Spectramind Solutions
D. Customers and end users Solution
Executive management and business process owners are involved in or impacted by pre-project feasibility studies, as are business unit managers,
business analysts, project managers and technology managers.
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 40.
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
16. You are part of a team that is concluding a feasibility study. Which of the following components are MOST appropriate for you to include in the study
results for each assessed option? (Application)
A. A complete option description with risks, issues and assessment methods
B. A preliminary option description with deliverables, milestones and budget
C. A proposed option description with resources, deadlines and sign off
D. A complete recommendation with assumptions, issues, risks and ra6ng
Sotution
The feasibility study results for each option that was assessed should include a complete option description with risks, issues and assessment methods.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 40.
17. Risks that may adversely affect the ability of the solution to meet business needs or yield business benefits can be (Knowledge)
A. Exponential, fundamental or financiai
B. Operational, functional or nonfunctional
C. Collaborative, dysfunctional or operational
D. Competitive, financial or strategic
Solution
Risks that may adversely affect the ability of the solufion to meet business needs or yield business benefits can be strategic, industrial, competitive,

Spectramind Solutions
customer related, financial, operational or environmental.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 40.
18. An enterprise analysis deliverable that is preliminary, is at a very high level and includes assessment methods as well as internal and external
environmental information concerning the business problem or opportunity is a (Knowledge)
A. Proposed risk response
B. System specification
C. Feasibility study report
D. Business case report
Solution
A feasibility study report is an enterprise analysis deliverable that is prgliminary is at a very high
level and includes internal and external environmental information concerning the business
problem or opportunity as well as employed assessment methods.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,40.
19. The final feasibility study report may include additional information including (Comprehension)
A. Schedule milestones
B. Bonus incentives
C. Duration estimates
D. COTS availability Solution The final feasibility study report may include additional information including COTS (commercial off-the-shelf) availability.
Answer D is correct. Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 41.
20. Alternative solution ranking is a feasibility study deliverable that includes (Knowledge)
A. Strategic alignment ;
B. Ranking criteria
C. Highest risks scores
D. Requirements criteria
Solution
Alternative solution ranking includes ranking criteria and ranking scores.
Strategic alignment and risk and requirements assessments may be a part of the ranking criteria.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 41.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

21. Which of the following BEST describes the key feasibility study benefit of up-to-date business architecture? (Knowledge)
A. The current state assessment is complete
B. 'the option risk identification is complete
C. The option issue identification is unnecessary
D. The future state assessment is complete
Solution
Up-to-date business architecture benefits a feasibility study by completing the task of assessing and documenting the current state.
Answer A is correct. Reference
22. Various techniques are needed in conducting the feasibility study to (Knowledge)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Document completion and lessons learned
B. Schedule resources and critical milestones
C. Assess current state and option feasibility
D. Validate external and internal interfaces Solution Various techniques are needed in conducting the feasibility study to assess current state and option
feasibility, such as data flow diagrams, organization charts, domain modeling and root cause analysis.
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 41.
23. Roger is working on a feasibility study to identify and evaluate appropriate solution options for correction of a serious business problem. Results of the
 current state assessment completed by Roger's team indicate that the effects of the problem may be prolonged because the likely causes are deeply rooted
in current business processes. Roger's next task is to identify appropriately comprehensive solution options. Given the severity of the problem, what
techniques would best serve Roger's purposes? (Synthesis)
A. Benchmarking analysis techniques
B. Business process reengineering techniques

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

C. Analytic hierarchy process techniques
D. Cause-and-effect diagramming techniques
Solution
Business process reer~gineering techniques foster fundamental rethinking and radical redesign of
business processes to achieve dramatic improvements and would thus be the best ch'oice for
Roger.
Cause-and-effect diagramming graphically summarize the results of a brainstorming session. The analytic hierarchy process (AHP) and benchmarking analysis
are used to help study teams make the best decision when conducting analysis of the feasibility of each identified option. AHP provides a clear rationale for the
decision. Benchmarking analysis determines the best-in-class practices.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 42.

Spectramind Solutions
24. Joe is a member of the feasibility study team. He would like to measure both current and future state process efficiency using data and statistical analysis.
Which technique would be appropriate for this task? (Evaluation)
A. Competitive analysis
B. Brainstorming
C. Root cause analysis
D. Six Sigma Solution
Six Sigma techniques use data and statistical analysis to measure both current and future state process efficiency.
Brainstorming techniques may be used to identify as many potential solutions as possible that meet the requirements when planning the feasib~lity study or
identifying solution options. Competitive analysis is used when conducting analysis of the feasibility of each identified option. Root cause analysis is used when
conducting the current state assessment to identify the conditions that initiate the occurrence of the undesired activity or state.
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 42.
25. Techniques recommended by an experienced project manager to plan the feasibility study might include which of the following? (Analysis)
A. Brainstorming and work breakdown structure

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

B. Competitive analysis and brainstorming
C. Prototyping and probability analysis
D. Decision analysis and decision tables
Techniques recommended by an experienced project manager to plan the feasibility study might include brainstorming to identify as many appropriate
potential solutions as possible and work I:-pakdown structure to decompose proposed solutions for more complete descriptions.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 42.
26. Martha facilitates a creative session using brainstorming and cause-and-effect diagramming techniques. What step of the feasibility study process

Spectramind Solutions
is Martha conducting? (Knowledge)
8. Plan the requirements analysis
B. Identify solution options
C. Conduct current state assessment
D. Conduct analysis of option feasibility
Solution
During the identify solution options step, the business analyst facilitates a creative session to identify as many potential solutions as possible, using a
variety of techniques including brainstorming and cause-and-effect diagramming techniques.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 43.
27. Ted is the lead business analyst on a feasibility study. At the current point in the effort he involves all members of the study team and uses a wide
range of techniques including interviews, market surveys, benchmarking analysis and prototyping. What step is Ted conducting? (Comprehension)
A. Identify solution options

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

B. Plan the feasibility study
C. Conduct analysis of option feasibility
D. Conduct current state assessment
Solution
During the "conduct the analysis of the feasibility of each option" step, the business analyst involves all members of the study team using 3 variety of techniques
including interviews, market surveys, benchmarking analysis and prototyping.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 43.
28. Preliminary risk analysis may be introduced during feasibility analysis of the proposed solution options. Which of the following BEST describes the
recommended risk analysis steps? (Application)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Assessment, identification, ranking and response planning
B. Identification, assessment, ranking and mitigation planning
C. Identification, planning, assessment, ranking and response
D. Identification, assessment, ranking and response planning Solution
Risk management steps are risk identification, assessment, ranking and risk response planning.
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 43.
29. Which of the following techniques is used to examine the viability of market success of the proposed solution? (Comprehension)
-.:
A. Benchmarking analysis
B. Cost vs. benefit analysis
C. Competitive analysis
D. Decision analysis

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution .'
Competitive analysis is used to examine the viability of market success of the solution.
Decision analysis is also used to help study teams make the best decision by providing a statistical method to delineate the probabilities of various outcomes.
Benchmarking analysis is used to determine the best-in-class practices. Cost vs. benefit analysis is used to determine the economic viability of proposed
solutions.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 43.
30. The study team used a mathematical description of the likelihood of specific events occurring as an aid in making the best decision. Which
technique provided this description? (Comprehension)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Decision analysis
B. Data gathering and research
C. Root cause analysis , -
D. Probability analysis Solution
Probability analysis is used to help study teams make the best decision by providing a mathematical description of the likelihood of specific
events.
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 44.
31. To fulfill the purpose of determining the project scope, the recommended solution must be conceptualized and designed in erio ugh detail to
(Application)
.y
A. Conduct an initial risk analysis and build a project plan
B. Propose a new project and begin change management
C. Build a business case and begin requirements elicitation

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. Pr0pose.a new project and build a business case Solution To fulfill the purpose of determining the project scope, the recommended solution must
be conceptualized and designed in enough detail to build a business case, conduct an initial risk analysis and propose a new project to the governance
group. Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 44.
....
32. The business solution has been identified and must be further defined. Which of the following BEST describes the next project step? (Application)
A.. Describing business objectives
B. Documenting business assumptions
C. Determining the project scope
D. Determining expected deliverables
Solution
The next step in the project is determining the project scope.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 44.
33. Which of the following techniques provides a clear rationale for a study team's decision by reducing complex decisions to a series of simple
comparisons? (Knowledge)
A. Decision tables
B. Analytic hierarchy process
C. Data gathering and research
D. Root cause analysis
Solution
Study teams use the analytic hierarchy process to help them make the best decision because this process captures both qualitative and quantitative aspects
of the decision, reduces complex decisions to a series of simple comparisons and provides a clear rationale for the decision.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 44.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

34. No matter what the format is for requirements risk management methodology or , documentation, risk monitoring and documentation must include the
(Knowledge)
A. Risk assessment and action plan
B. Risk likelihood and cost impact
C. Risk status and observation details
D. Risk results and lessons learned
Solution
No matter what requirements risk management methodology or documentation format is used, risk monitoring and documentation mu st include the risk
status and observation details.
Answer C is correct.
IIBA 2006, 99.

Spectramind Solutions
Scenario for questions 35-37: Martha is the lead business analyst responsible for requirements risk management on a Red Sky Bank process
improvement project. The project team has identified requirements risks, defined a risk management approach and developed a requirements risk
response plan. Senior management has stressed the importance of maintaining scope containment throughout this project.
35. Which of the following techniques should Martha employ next? (Synthesis)
A. Requirements risk control
B. Requirements risk monitoring
C. Project risk control
D. Project risk monitoring
Solution
Martha should employ requirements risk monitoring next to ensure that the risk status is current and, if necessary, action can be taken. Careful
monitoring can enhance control on all identified risks, including potential scope creep, and thus reduce impact throughout the requirements process
(which is the responsibility of the business analyst). Requirements risk management is a subset of project risk management, for which the project
manager is responsible.
.
.
Answer B is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

36. Once a week Martha checks the status of each risk and ensures an action plan is in place in case the risk materializes. If all is in order and a risk
materializes, at this point Martha should also (Evaluation)
A. Assign the risk to a stakeholder'O
B. Notify the impacted stakeholder
C. Document observation details
D. Mitigate to lower the impact
Solution
Martha should determine and document the observation details, thus allowing comparison

Spectramind Solutions
between initial and observed assessments. According to the BABOK, this task is an essential component of requirements risk monitoring and is followed by
the requirements risk control technique of taking and documentirlg necessary action.
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 99.
37. During the fourth week of the requirements process on the Red Sky Bank project, a requirements change is proposed that, if implemented, will
significantly increase the scope of the project thus introducing additional risk. Martha immediately responds using Red Sky's BABOK-compliant requirements
risk control technique. IYartha described the impact on the requirements process and the overall project. Next, she will document the mitigation strategy.
Which of the following BEST describes the recommended mitigation strategy format? (Application)
A. Contingency planlcorrective action executed
B. Updated risk assessment and risk status
C. Lessons learned from risk materialization
D. Avoid/mitigate/assume strategy executed Solution The recommended steps of the requirements risk control technique include describing the
avoid/mitigate/assume mitigation strategy as executed to prevent the risk from materializing.
Answer D is correct. Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

1IBA 2006, 100.
38. Which stakeholders should be involved in and aware of risk control activities? (Comprehension)
A. All stakeholders
B. Business analyst and project manager
C. Project and business managers
D. User and technical stakeholders
Solution
All stakeholders should be involved in and aware of risk control activities.
Answer A is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 100.
39. No matter what requirements risk management methodology or documentation format is used, risk control and documentation must
include the (Knowledge)
A. Risk assessment and action plan
B. Risk results and lessons learned
C. Risk status and observation details
D. Risk likelihood and cost impact
Solution
 No matter what requirements risk management methodology or documentation format is used, risk control and documentation must include the risk
materialization results and lessons learned.
Answer B is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 101.
40. Who is directly responsible for requirements planniqg? (Comprehension)
A. Study team
B. Project manager
C. Business analyst
D. Business manager
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
.,
The business analyst typically is responsible for requirements planning and management. The business analyst must work out a planning
approach in agreement with the project manager, who is responsible for overall project planning.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 101.
41. Which of the following BEST describes two distinct, related methodologies that can be used
for a software development project? (Application)
A. Software development life cycle and product life cycle
B. System development life cycle and project life cycle
C. System development life cycle and product life cycle
D. Systematic delivery life cycle and project life cycle
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

System development life cycle (SDLC) and project life cycle (PLC) are two distinct, related
methodologies that can be used for software development projects.
SDLC phases are defined as requirements, analysis, design, construction and implementation.
PLC stages are defined by the PMBO~@
Guide as initiate, plan, execute, monitor and control, and close. The BABOKdescribes a typical PLC as having stages
of definition, planning, initiation, execution and close-out.
Answer B is correct.
References
IIBA 2006, 102 and PMI 2004, 70.

Spectramind Solutions
42. The business analyst will use current project documentation to identify factors and ansiderations that will impact requirements planning,
including the (Knowledge)
A. Organizational standards and initial risk assessment
B. Business architecture framework and project objectives
C. Project IYanagement Institutive standards and project charter
D. Project charter and organizational standards Solution
U
The business analyst will use all current project documentation to identify factors and considerations that will impact requirements planning, including
project standards, organizational standards, overall project objectives and the project charter..
The initial risk assessment and business architecture framework are part of the enterprise analysis phase of the project, which precedes
requirements planning.
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 102.
43. General project considerations that might impact requirements planning include project risk, organizational standards, re-planning, project expectations
and (Comprehension)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Stakeholder commitment
6. Stakeholder location
C. Development team skills
D. Development team location
Solution
General project considerations that might impact requirements planning include project risk, organizational standards, re-planning, project expectations and
stakeholders' location and needs.
Answer B is correct. Reference
8
IIBA 2006,103.
44. The SDLC methodology typically comprises which of the following series of phases? (Comprehension)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Analysis of initial requirements, overall analysis, design, construction and maintenance
B. Requirements, analysis, design, development, test and execution
C. Requirements, analysis, design, construction, implementation and maintenance
D. Requirements planning, definition, initiation and implementation
Solution
The SDLC methodology typically comprises initial requirements analysis, analysis, design,
construction, implementation and maintenance.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,103.
45. Organizations typically incorporate an SDLC methodology into their organizational standards. Common SDLC's include (Analysis)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Agile, iterative and waterfall
B. Functional, waterfall and phased
C. Top-down, iterative and waterfall
D. Agile, waterfall and big bang .
,
Solution
Common SDLC1s include agile, iterative and waterfall.
"The traditional waterfall method advocates gathering all requirements in the beginning of the project; while in the IterativeIAgile approaches
requirements may be defined throughout the lifecycle. These differences will lead to different tasks being identified as well as perhaps different
sequences of tasks also."
Functional, top-down, phased and big-bang are characteristics of methodologies rather than
methodologies in themselves.
Answer A is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
-IIBA 2006, 104.
46. The lead business analyst has officially selected the SDLC methodology for the current project. Which of the following BEST describes a key
result of this choice? (Application)
A. Requirements tasks will be included in the project plan
B. Requirements elicitation activities may be added to the schedule
C. Requirements corr~munications activities may be determined
D. Project and product metrics may be collected and reported
Solution
 The major deliverable of the "consider the SDLC methodology" task is the selected SDLC. 'This choice will also cause the inclusion of the
requirements related tasks to be part of the project plan."
Requirements elicitation, requirements communication and measurements tasks may all be included in the project plan, as they are planned
once the SDLC methodology is selected.
Answer A is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006, 104.
47. What is the relationship between the SDLC and the PLC? (Evaluation)
A. PLC phases fit into SDLC events, and SDLC processes manage both the phases and events
B. SDLC phases fit into PLC events, and SDLC processes manage both the phases and events
C. PLC phases fit into SDLC events, and PLC processes manage both the phases and events
D. SDLC phases fit into PLC events, and PLC processes manage both the phases and events Solution
A project life cycle (PLC) comprises the entire set of project phaseslevents tleeded to complete the project. Software development life cycle (SDLC) phases fit
into PLC events, and PLC processes manage both the phases and events.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 105.
48. A typical PLC, as documented in the BABOK, may include (Comprehension)
A. Definition, planning, testing, execution, and close-out
B. Planning, initiation, definition, implementation and testing
C. Definition, planning, initiation, execution, and close-out
D. Analysis, design, initiation, execution and close-out
Solution
A typical PLC, as documented in the BABOK, may include definition, planning, initiation, execution, and close-out.
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 105.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

49. Which three project areas of concern may have a considerable impact on requirements planning and management? (Knowledge)
A. Risk, objectives and charter
B. Expectations, standards and risk
C. Risk, expectations and objectives
D. Charter, standards and risk
Solution
The BABOKcalls attention to project risk, expectations and standards as areas that may have
considerable impact on requirements planning and management.
Answer B is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 106.
50. Due to changes in priorities during requirements planning, the business analyst might plan
recurring meetings with the project sponsor, project manager and key stakeholders to
address issues in addition to identification, documentation and regular updates of
(Application)
A. Objectives
B. Standards
C. Expectations
D. Risks
Solution
Due to char~ging priorities in stakeholder project expectations during requirements planning, the
business analyst might plan recurring meetings with the project sponsor;'project manager and
key stakeholders to ensure that expectations are communicated and met, to help achieve a
successful project.
Answer C is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006, 107
51. Which of the following documents is created and maintained for the entire project by the project manager and also maintained specifically for the
requirements process by the business analyst to help ensure that stakeholder expectations are met by recording agreed- upon roles and
responsibilities? (Knowledge)
A. Project plan
0. Historical records
C. Project standards
D. RACI chart
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
The ~CI
chart (Responsible-Accountable-Consulted-Informed) is created and maintaked for the entire project by the project manager and also maintained
specifically for the requirements process by the business analyst to help ensure that stakeholder expectations are met, by recording agreed-upon roles and
responsibilities.
The project plan, historical records and projects standards are used along with the RACI chart in , the task of considering project risk, expectations and standards
during requirements planning and managemetit.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 107.
52. Ensuring the corr~plete and accurate collection of task performance on requirements activities on each project typically is the responsibility
of which of the following? (Comprehension)
A. Business analyst
B. Business manager
C. Project manager
D. Operations manager
Solution
Ensuring that complete and accurate collection of requirements activities task performance is done on each project typically is the responsibility of the

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

business analyst.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 108.
53. The BABOKdocuments requirements re-planning as a task rather than a phase because re- planning is (Comprehension)
A. A static PLC event
B. An ongoing process
C. A project deliverable
D. A BA responsibility
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
The BABOKdocuments requirements re-planning as a task rather than a phase because re- planning is an ongoing process.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 108.
54. The business analyst will primarily use two inputs to the requirements re-planning task. They are proposed changes and which of the following?
(Knowledge)
A. Nonfunctional requirements
B. Functional requirements
C. Baseline requirements
D. Business requirements
Solution
The business analyst will primarily use two inputs to the requirements re-planning task, proposed changes and current baseline requirements.
~nsherC is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
55. For projects that have stakeholders dispersed over a wide area rather than centrally located, managing the requirements planning and management
activity will have increased (Knowledge)
A. Complexity
B. Scope creep
C. Resources
D. Assumptions
Solution
For projects that have stakeholders dispersed over a wide area rather than centrally located, managing the requirements planning and management activity

Spectramind Solutions
will have increased complexity. Increased complexity is certain, whereas increased scope creep, resources or assumptions are possible depending on a
number of other factors.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 110.
56. Projects that have stakeholders dispersed over a wide area rather than centrally locgted, often require (Comprehension)
A. Less frequent review sessions
B. Less detailed documentation
C. More time allocated for all activities
D. Different documentation methodology . Solution
Projects that have stakeholders dispersed over a wide area rather than centrally located often require different, more detailed documentation methodology and
more frequent review sessions.
Answer D is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 110.
57. The level of detail necessary in requirements definition typically will be for a project purchasing a new software package as compared to an
in-house software development project. (Comprehension)
A. The same
B. Much less
C. Much more
D. Slightly more
Solution
The level of detail necessary in requirements definition typically will be much less for a project purchasing a new software package as compared
to an in-house software development project,

Spectramind Solutions
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 111.
58. The business analyst must consider the type of project in order to assess impacts on the requirements planning and management activities.
The business analyst would look to which of the following documents for support in this task? (Application) . .
A. Current project plan
B. Business case surrlmary
C. User requirements document
D. Business architecture framework
 Solution
The business analyst would look to the current project plan for support in considering the type of project. In some cases the project type, such as
in-house development COTS, may not be finalized until the project is under way.
The business case summary and architecture framework are components of the Enterprise " Analysis knowledge area.
Requirements documents are components of the Requirements Analysis and Documentation knowledge area, the activities of which follow

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

requirements elicitation activities, which in turn follow requirements planning and management activities.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 111.
59. Which of the following BEST describes the reason that differences will be very great in the requirements planring and management activities of the
business analyst for different types of projects, such as outsourced development, new in-house development, COTS and organizational change?
(Application)
A. Objectives are the same but tasks are different for each
B. Tasks are similar for each but objectives are more varied
C. Tasks and objectives for each are widely different

Spectramind Solutions
D. Objectives for each are widely different but tasks are similar Solution
The differences in the requirements planning and management activities of the business analyst in the different types of projects will be very great because the
tasks and objectives for each are widely different.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 112.
60. The end-to-end requirements process consists of (Knowledge)
A. Requirements elicitation, requirements analysis and documentation, requirements communication, and solution assessment and
validation
B. Requirements analysis, requirements elicitation and documentation, requirements communication, and solution assessment and yalidation
C. Requirements elicitation, requirements analysis and documentation, solution communication,
* and requirements assessment and validation
D. Requirements elicitation, requirements documentation, requirements communication, and solution assessment and validation
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The end-to-end requirements process consists of requirements elicitation, requirements analysis and documentation, requirements communication, and solution
assessment and validation.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 112.
61. The things that the business analyst needs in order to be able to select requirements
activities are commonly referred to as which of the following? (Comprehension)
A. Outputs
B. Deliverables
C. Assumptions
D. Inputs
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
The things the business analyst needs in order to be able to select requirements activities are commonly referred to as inputs.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 112.
62. If the goal of requirements elicitation is met the results will be found in a complete set of (Analysis)
A. User and nonfunctional requirements
B. Business and user requirements
'c. Business and functional requirements
D. System specifications and test plans
Solution
If the goal of requirements elicitation is met the results will be found in a complete set of
business and user requirements.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 113.
63. Which of the following BEST describes the factors that should guide the business analyst .when selecting methods or processes for eliciting
requirements? (Application)
A. Location, timing and value
B. Value, type and complexity
C. Importance, timing and value
D. Importance, type and complexity -
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
The importance, timing and value of the project should guide the business analyst when selecting
methods or proce~~es
for eliciting requirements. Location, complexity and type will also play a part, but the response to these factors will vary depending on
importance, timing and value of -the project.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 113.
64. All participants in requirements elicitation should know the importance of their role and the reason(s) why they have been included. An
 additional important thing all participants should know is BEST described by which of the following? (Application)
A. The value that they add
9. Their individual deliverables
C. Their unique responsibilities
D. The impact of requirements
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

All participants in requirements elicitation should know the importance of their role, the reason(s) why they have been included and the value
that they add.
Answer A is correct. Reference
65. For a COTS (Commercial Off-the-shelf) system implementation an appropriate requirements elicitation technique would be to (Analysis)
A. Conduct a survey and collect results
B. Facilitate a requirements workshop
C. Build a prototype and analyze feedback
D. Conduct a demo and obtain feedback Solution

Spectramind Solutions
For a COTS (Commercial Off-the-shelf) system implementation an appropriate requirements elicitation teck~r~ique
would be to conduct a demo of several products and obtain stakeholder feedback on them.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 114.
66. Which of the following BEST describes an appropriate format for a major deliverable of the Determine Requirements Elicitation Stakeholders and
Activities task? (Application)
A. Work breakdown structure
B. Schedule and milestones
C. Project roles and RACI chart
D. Effort and duration estimates
Solution
The Determine Requirements Elicitation Stakeholders and Activities task results in a complete list of activities detailed for requirements elicitation such as

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

a work breakdown structure.
Project roles and the RACI chart are used in identifying stakeholders, which is a predecessor to the Requirements Elicitation Stakeholders and
Activities task. The schedule and milestone considerations, in addition to effort and duration estimates, come after the Requirements Elicitation
Stakeholders and Activities task.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 115.
.'
67. Which of the following BEST describes the factors that a business analyst should consider when selecting the best modeling, analysis and
documentation techniques? (Application)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Availability and limitations of tools, industry standards, methodology and resource skills
B. Availability and limitations of tools, organizational standards, time constraints and budget
C. Availability and limitations of tools, project management standards, project type and com plexity
D. Availability and limitations of techniques, stakeholder location, time constraints and budget
Solution
The factors that a business analyst should consider when selecting the best modeling, analysis and documentation techniques a re availability and
limitations of tools, organizational standards, time constraints and budget.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 115.
68. Which of the following best describes what a business analyst does in a structured requirements elicitation interview? (Comprehension)
A. Discusses expectations
B. Asks open-ended questions
C. Asks closed-ended questions
D. Asks predefined questions Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A business analyst asks predefined questions in a requirements elicitation interview.
'The questions may be open-ended or closed-ended in either a structured or an unstructured interview. In an unstructured interview the business analyst and the
interviewee discuss, in an open-ended way, business expectations from the new system.
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 164.
69. A successful requirements elicitation interview depends on a variety of factors, including (Comprehension)
A. Clarity about business expectations
B. Business analyst management skill
C. Product type and expected complexity
D. Project budget and schedule constraints

Spectramind Solutions
'.
Solution
8
Successful requirements elicitation interviewing depends in part on the degree of clarity in the interviewee's mind about what the business expects from the
target system and the level of understanding of the business analyst in the business domain.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 164.
70. Which of the following is necessary to successful requirements elicitation interviewing? (Knowledge)
A. Readiness of the project manager
B. Readiness of the interviewee
C. Readiness of the project sponsor
D. Readiness of the business manager
Solution
Successful requirements elicitation interviewing depends in part on the readiness of the interviewee to provide relevant information. Typically the business
analyst, not the project manager, conducts requirements elicitation interviews. Readiness of the business manager or sponsor would be important only if the
manager or sponsor was the interviewee.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,164.
71. Successful requirements elicitation interviewing depends in part on the skills of the business analyst as the interviewer. The most important of these
skills.include interpersonal skill and skill in which of the following? (Knowledge)
A. Analysis and design
B. Industrial psychology
C. Documentation
D. Implementation
Solution
Successful requirements elicitation interviewing depends in part 0.n rapport of the interviewer with the interviewee and the skill of the interviewer in

Spectramind Solutions
documenting the discussion.
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 164.
72. The sponsor i~~identifying
who should be interviewed for requirements elicitation. Which of 'the following is MOST appropriate for the sponsor to ask about the
candidates? (Application)
A. How familiar are they with the interview process?
B. Are all project status changes important to them?
C. How well do they understand the project methodology?
D.. How current and accurate is their information? Solution
The sponsor should consider who possesses the most current and authentic information, as yell as what is hislher stake in the project, when identifying who
should be interviewed for requirements elicitation.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 165.
73. A structured interview may include a mixture of closed and open-ended questions. Closed-
ended questions are used to elicit a(n) (Comprehension)
A. Single response
B. Open dialogue
C. Stated opinion
D. Series of steps
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
Closed-ended questions are used to elicit a single response such as "yes" or "no."
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 165.
74. When designing the requirements elicitation interview the business analyst may organize questions from general to specific, or from detail to summary, or
from beginning to end. The goal is to (Comprehension)
A. Ensure the interview is corr~plete
B. Follow an order, not jump around
C. Ask the most important questions first
D. Ask the most important questions last
Solution
The goal of organizing questions i?. to follow a logical order rather than jump around.
Answer B is correct. Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 165.
75. The business analyst should contact interviewees selected for a requirements interview in person, by e-mail or by phone. The primary purpose is
to accomplish which of the following? (Knowledge)
A, Establish a time and place
B. Introduce the interviewee
C. Explain the interview objective
D, Explain the project objective
Solution
The purpose for the business analyst contacting the selected interviewees is to explain the objective of the interview.
~niwerC is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
76. The business analyst responsible for requirements elicitation has prepared for interviewing by defining the interview's goal, identifying potential
interviewees, and designing the interview. The MOST appropriate next step is to (Application)
A. Conduct the interview
B. Address interviewee concerns
C. Address project manager concerns
D. Contact the potential interviewees
Solution
After defining the interview's goal, identifying potential interviewees and designing the interview, the business analyst's most appropriate next step is to
contact the potential interviewees and explain to them why their assistance is needed.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 166.
77. Joe is a business analyst conducting an interview. Before the interview actually begins he gives an introduction, states the purpose of the interview and
addresses any concerns raised by the interviewee. Which of the following is MOST appropriate for Joe to do next? (Application)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Explain that notes will be taken
B. Focus on the predefined questions
C. Ask questions and listen actively
D. Confirm the interviewee's time allotment
Solution
Joe, as the interviewer, should explain that notes will be taken during the interview and shared with the interviewee at the end of the interview. Before the
interview begins the interviewer should also include an introduction, state the purpose of the interview and address any concerns raised by the interviewee. The
interviewer might also verify the interviewee's time, but this is less important than explaining about notes. When the interview begins, the interviewer should focus
on predefined questions and listen actively.
Answer A is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 166.

Spectramind Solutions
78. The business analyst, in closing the requirements elicitation interview, will summarize the session and remind the interviewee of the upcoming review
process. Which of the following BEST describes additional things the business analyst should say to or ask the interviewee at this time? (Application)
A. The next meeting's time and goal
6. Did we miss anything and thank you
C. The next milestone content and date
D. Thank you and the next task deadline
Solution
In closing the requirements elicitation interview, the business analyst shouldalso ask if anything was missed and say thank you to the interviewee. The business
analyst mightalso discuss other meetings and project milestones
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 166.
79. Which of the following describes what the business analyst should do soon after a requirements elicitation interview? (Application)
A. Organize the information and update the project plan
B. Analyze the information and update the user requirements
C. Organize the information and send notes to the interviewee

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. Model the information and send it to the business owner for approval
Solution
As soon as possible after a requirements elicitation interview the business analyst should organize the gathered information and send notes to the
interviewee. The key words in this question are "should" and "soon." One of the strengths of interviewing is the opportunity to clarify requirements
information before formal analysis begins.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
80. Which of the following BEST describes the purpose of the interviewee review of information gathered during the interview? (Application)

Spectramind Solutions
A. To confirm the interviewee's continued buy-in
B. To validate the requirements phase deliverables
C. To begin the requirements approval process
D. To ensure that interview documentation is correct
Solution
The purpose of the inteniiewee review of information gathered in the interview is to ensure that the interviewadocumentation is complete andcorrect.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,166.
81. Which of the following BEST describes the strengths of interviewing as a requirements elicitation technique? (Application)
A. Establishes rapport with users and provides follow-up clarification
B. Simple, direct, inexpensive and confirms stakeholder commitment
C. Establishes rapport and provides a means for reaching consensus
D. Simple, direct-, objective, time efficient and typically inexpensive
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The strengths of interviewing as a requirements elicitation technique include establishirlg rapport with users and providing follow-up clarification of gathered
information.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 167.
82. Which of the following is the MOST appropriate way to maintain a focus on requirements elicitation during an interview? (Application)
A. Keep objectives flexible
B. Adjust the time as needed
C. Address key objectives first
D. Agree on clear objectives Solution The most appropriate ways to maintain focus on requirements elicitation during an interview are to set clear,

Spectramind Solutions
agreed-upon objectives and complete those objectives in the allotted time. Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 167
83. Which of the following BEST describes the weaknesses of interviewing as a requirements elicitation technique? (Application)
A. IVonverbal behavior is added for interpretation
B. Results are subject to the interviewer's interpretation
C. Probing questions are necessary for confirmation
D. A trained scribe is required in addition to an interviewee
Solution
The weaknesses of interviewing as a requirements.elicitation technique include the fact that results are subject to interpretation by the interviewer.
Answer B is correct.
Reference .

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006,167.
84. Which of the following BEST describes the skills and/or training required to conduct good interviews? (Application)
A. Analysis and passive listening
B. Analysis and documentation
C. Facilitation and active listening
D. Modeling and active listening
Solution
Conducting a good interview depends on skill and/or training in facilitation and active listening, during which the listener checks with the speaker to see
that a statement has been correctly heard and understood in order to ensure mutual understanding.
Answer C is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IIBA 2006, 167.
85. Observation is MOST appropriate as a requirements elicitation technique for which of the following objectives? (Application)
A. Current process documentation
B. Technical prototype analysis
C. Feasibility study development
D. User requirements validation
Solution
Observation is appropriate when documenting details about current processes because observation elicits requirements through conduction of an
assessment of the subject matter expert's current work environment.
Answer A is correct.
Reference 0'
IIBA 2006, 167.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Scenario for questions 86-88: The IT team at Ollie Skateboard, Inc., is working on a major upgrade to the software issue tracking system. Karen is the
business analyst responsible for assessing the process modifications that may be needed and conducting user requirements elicitation for the project.
86. First Karen must gain an immediate appreciation for how the current pr"ocess works and ask questions to determine why it works the way it does. Which
technique best meets Karen's objectives?. (Synthesis)
A. Job shadowing
B. Interviewing
C. Workshops
D. User surveys
Solution
Active job shadowing is also called active observation. It is the most appropriate elicitation technique to gain an immediate appreciation for how the
current process works and to ask questions to determine why it works the way it does.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer A is correct. Reference
ISBA 2006, 168.
87. The documentation resulting from Karen's work will be ir~put to (Synthesis)
A. Possible solutions
B. Requirements analysis
C. Performance reviews
D. Efficiency studies
Solution
Documentation resulting from the observation requirements elicitation technique is used as input to requirements analysis.
0
Answer B is correct.
IIBA 2006, 168.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

88. Using this technique, if Karen has questions as to why something is being done as it is, she
should (Synthesis)
e-
A. Ask questions later if possible
B. Avoid interrupting the routine
C. Observe work without getting involved
D. Participate in work if possible Solution
The active observation requirements elicitation technique instructs the observer to ask questions right away, break the observed routine if necessary
and participate in the work if possible.
Answer D is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IIBA 2006, 168.
89. Tom, a business analyst on the process reengineering team, participates in the actual work to get a hands-on feel for how things work today. Tom
will function as a terr~porary apprentice for a week. This is a variation of which of the following techniques? (Synthesis)
A. Interviewing
B. User surveys
C. Observation
D. Job swapping
Solution
 Becoming a terr~porary apprentice is a variation of the observation technique.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,168.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

. 90. Which of the following techniques produce results based on current practices that are specifically intended for business analysts for workflow
and process modeling and for designers and human factors experts designing the detailed interface requirements? (Evaluation)
A. Observation
B. Prototyping
C. Interviewing
D. Workshops
Solution
Observation produces results based on current practices that are specifically intended for
business analysts for workflow and process modeling and for designers and human factors
experts designing the detailed interface requirements.
"
Answer A is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IIBA 2006, 168.
91. When preparing for observation, the business analysis must know whether to ask questions during or after observation. This depends on whether the
observation is (Knowledge)
A. Active or passive
B. Analytic or invisible
C. Proactive or reactive
D. Interactive or visible
Solution
Whether the business analyst asks questions during or after observation depends on whether the observation is active or passive. In active/visible observation,
the observer dialogues with the worker and takes notes during the observation. In passive/invisible observation the observer observes the work but does not ask
questions until the process is completed.
Answer A is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 169.
92. Before observation formally begins, Sam, a senior business analyst on the team, introduces himself and assures the user that he is present to
(Comprehension)
A. Discuss future solutions
B. Study current processes
C. Enhance current practices
D. Improve process documentation
Solution
The observer in a requirements elicitation observation is present to study current processes.
Answer B is correct. Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 169.
93. During a passive observation session, Sam, a senior business analyst on the team, watches carefully and (Comprehension)
A. Listens passively
0. Participates
C. Asks questions
D, Takes notes
Solution
During a passive observation the observer watches carefully, listens actively and takes notes.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 169.
94. Following observation of a worker, it is critical to feed back to the observed worker a summary of notes taken during observation as soon as
possible in order for the summary to be (Application)
A. Completed

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

B. Approved
C. Clarified
D. Processed
Solution
A summary of notes taken during observation is given back to the observed worker for clarification.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 169.
95. When many users are observed at the same time, the business analyst must make sure notes are compiled at regular intervals to identify
patterns, The business analyst should review the findings with the entire group to ensure that final details represent the (Application)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Entire group
B. Entire process
C. Key individuals
D. Critical tasks
Solution
When many users are observed at the same time, the business analyst must make sure notes are compiled at regular intervals to identify patterns and are
reviewed with the entire group to ensure that the final details represent the entire group, not selected individuals.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,169.
96. Process/flow models, use case descriptions, data dictionaries and entity-relationship diagrams are complementary and alternative techniques for
which of the following? (Analysis)
A. Document change management
0. Business rules management
C. Software release management

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. Requirements change management
Solution
Process/flow models, use case descriptions, data dictionaries and entity-relationship diagrams are complementary and alternative techniques for business rules
management.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 214.
97. Class diagrams describe a set of related classes within the solution domain. Class diagrams also show the associations that each class has with other
classes. A class may represent (Application)
A. Information, functionality or current regulations €3. Business rules, functionality or actions taken
C. Regulations, functionality or planned actions

Spectramind Solutions
D. Information, functionality or possible actions Solution
A class may represent a logical collection of information, a piece of functionality, an action that may be taken or a physical item.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 214.
98. A business analyst on the IT team is responsible for requirements analysis and documentation for the next release of the billing software system.
The billing system is well documented. If the business analyst would like to verify the different levels of access rights to data stored within the system,
 it is BEST to first look at the (Analysis)
A. Usage requirements
S. Business rules
C, CRUD matrix
L). Release notes
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The CRUD (Create, Read, Update and Delete) matrix defines different levels of access rights to data stored within a software solution.
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 215.
99. A CRUD matrix is a cross-reference of user groups and data managed within the system. A CRUD matrix documents which of the following
levels? (Analysis)
A. Create, Read, Update and Delete
B. Confirm, Review, Update and Delete
C. Create, Return, Update and Download
D. Create, Read, Underline and Delete
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
A CRUD matrix cross-references user groups across allowed access to Create, Read, Update and Delete information manilged within a software solution.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 216.
100, Stakeholders use the CRUD matrix to validate which data is available to each group of end users. 'The development team uses the CRUD matrix
to implement (Analysis)
A. User databases
B. System security
C. Error checking
D. Business rules
Solution
The development team uses the CRUD matrix to implement system security. The other answers sound good and might be defended as correct;
however, access privileges are a smaller part of or less directly involved in these implementation areas.
Answer B is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 217.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

101. The CRUD matrix is NOT likely to be used in business process analysis because it is normally intended for (Knowledge)
A. Building flowcharts
B. Developing software
C. Identifying events
D. Modeling workflows
Solution
The CRUDmatriiis normally intended for software development projects.
Answer B is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 217.
102. The CRUD matrix documents access levels for entities or data elements by user groups. If Group 1has "U" rights to Entity 1, that means that for
Entity 1, members of Group 1may (Analysis)
A. Instantiate instances
B. List all instances
C. Change the data
D. View all data
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Solution
The data dictionary typically is intended to be understood by non-technical stakeholders such as
managers and end-users.
Answer A is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006,218.
105. The expression
Data Element Name = [enumerated list 1 I enumerated list 21 *description, including format* is a primitive data dictionary element in which of the following
forms? (Comprehension)
A. Composite
B. Short
C. Expanded
D. Alias
Solution
The expression is a primitive data dictionary element in short form. "In other words, all information regarding the data element is contained within a comment,

Spectramind Solutions
which is delineated by an asterisk on each end of the comment. The only information that is not included in the comment is a list of values for the data element.
Those values are contained within brackets."
Answer B is correct.
Reference
.-. IIBA 2006,219.
106. The data dictionary ensures consistent use of terms for information relevant to the system by obtaining agreement from all stakeholders in a solution
regarding the information's (Comprehension)
A. Format and content
0. SequencEs and repetitions
C. CRUD levels and access
D. Values and meanings Solution
The data dictionary ensures consistent use of terms for information relevant to the system by obtaining agreement, from all stakeholders in a solution, regarding
the information's format and content. Sequences and repetitions refer to the information's format. Values and meanings refer to the information's content.
Agreement on documented format andcontent is essential. CRUD levels and access are implementation considerations not included in the data dictionary.
Answer D is correct. .:

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

,
Reference
107. ETL is an end-to-end process variant of data transformation and mapping. ETL stands for which of the following? (Knowledge)
A. Extracting, transferring and leveling
B. Expansion, transformation and leveling
C. Extraction, transformation and loading
D. Exposition, transformation and loading
Solution
ETL stands for extraction, transformation and loading.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 220.
108. Data transformation and mapping is a necessary part of new application development projects that must use (Comprehension)
A. xi st in^' data
B. New data
C. Hybrid data
D. Critical data
Solution
Data transformation and mapping is a necessary part of new application development projects that must use existing business data records.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 220.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

109. It is critical that the project team use data transformation and mapping planning to identify all types of data and business issues and to build a framework
for moving data from the existing system to a new solution with minimal (Comprehension)
A. Corruption of the data
B. Disruption to the users
C. Impact to the schedule
D. Increase to the budget
Solution
The purpose of data transformation and mapping planning is to identify all types of issues and build a framework for moving data from an existing system to a
new solution with minimal disruption to the users. Concern about risks to user satisfaction is a guiding principle of the BABOK Sufficient time and budget should
be worked into the project plan. Any data corruption is unacceptable.
Answer B is considered correct.

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 221.
10. Reviewing current data records for consistency against the proposed high-level data motlel, gathering metrics to quaratify the issues and asking
stakeholders to resolve inconsistencies between as-is and to-be data records constitute which of the following data transformation and mapping process
steps? (Comprehension)
A. Iterative review
B. High-level data modeling
C. Data analysis
D. Enterprise data model
Solution
The data analysis process step includes reviewing current data records for consistency against the proposed high-level data model, gathering metrics to
quantify the issues and asking stakeholders to resolve inconsistencies between as-is and to-be data records.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,221.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

111. As the lead business analyst on a project that demands data transformation and mapping, you know that the process your team agrees
upon must include a high-level data model, data cleansing plan and (Application)
A. Data business rules and detailed re-planning activities
B. Data dictionaries and detailed re-planning activities
C. Environmental planning and data dictionaries
D. bata business rules and environmental plan
Solution
As the lead business analyst on a project that demands data transformation and mapping, you know that the process your team agrees upon
must include a high-level data model, data business r~~les,
a data cleansing plan and an environmental plan. The process mayinclude data dictionaries and re-planning activities.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 222.
112. You'are a business analyst conducting analysis on a project that requires data transformation and mapping. Your analysis must
support a plan for moving data from multiple sources, reformatting and cleansing it, and loading it into a data warehouse. Wh ich of the
following project phases should include this work? (Application)
A. Requirements analysis
B. Requirements elicitation
C. Requirements planning
D. Solution assessment
Solution
Analysis to support a plan for moving data from multiple sources, reformatting and cleansing it, and loading it into a data warehouse should
occur during the early part of requirements analysis.
Answer A is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 222.
113, Sally is a business analyst on a data migration project who is using business-focused data analysis to align the project with the enterprise business
needs. Sally's approach includes stakeholder reviews of models, rules and (Comprehension)
A. Mitigation plans
B. Project plans
C. Budget plans
D. Quality plans
Solution
Sally's business-focused data analysis approach includes stakeholder reviews of models, rules and risk mitigation plans. Project, quality and budget plans are
not part of data analysis.
Answer A is correct. Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 223.
114. Which of the following diagrams is a visual representation of a data structure? (Knowledge)
A. Use case
B. Entity relationship
C. Data flow
D. Sequence
Solution
An entity relationship diagram is a visual representation of a data structure. Use case diagrams represent the scope of the project at a similar level of
abstraction as the context diagram. Data flow diagrams describe the major types of information required by the business processes that will be impacted.
Sequence diagrams describe how classes interact in each possible use case flow.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,223.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

11 Which of the following techniques requires an iterative process to identify entities, identify attributes and relationships, decide on unique identifiers,
normalize entities and validate entities? (Comprehension)
A. Use case diagrams
B. Sequence diagrams
C. Entity relationship diagrams
D. Data flow diagrams

Spectramind Solutions
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Reference
IIBA 2006, 225.
18 Each entity in an entity relationship diagram is shown as a rectangle with the entity name
and other identified entity information. The unique identifier is placed under the

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

(Knowledge)
A. Attribute list
B. Entity name
C. Relationship line
D. Cardinality notation
Solution
The unique identifier in an entity relationship diagram is placed under the entity name.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 225.

Spectramind Solutions
119. Which of the following BEST describes a key strength of an entity relationship diagram? (Application)
A. Focus on data keeps process modeling separate
B. A comprehensive deliverable to a database designer
C. Based on rigorous relational calculus concepts
D. Documents data complexity for users' understanding
Solution
A key strength of an entity relationship diagram is the fact that it is a comprehensive deliverable to a database designer. Its usefulness outweighs the
importance of its rigorous rules for completeness and correctness. Its weaknesses include the risk of too much complexity for users to easily
understand and the fact that it may be too data-centric.
Answer C is correct. , Reference
IIBA 2006, 226.
120. You are assigned to a lead position on a critical long-term project with a traditional SDLC process oriented organization. You need to select and
train your team on an appropriate analysis and documentation technique. Training is expensive. You need a technique that can be used at a high
level to build and present a conceptual model with minimum detail. You also need to use the same technique to describe detailed data requirements
for each business area. Which of the following techniques BEST nieets your needs? (Evaluation)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Data flow models
B. Workflow models
C. Object role models
D. Entity relationship diagrams
Entity relationship diagrams have the flexibility to build a high-level conceptual model with minimum detail and to describe,detailed data requirements for
each business area. Workflow models are good for high-level process flows and not for low-level data details. Object role models cover data structures,
but they are more complex and suited to object-oriented rather than traditional development environment. Data Row diagrams may not support sufficient
complexity to fully describe data requirements for each business area.
Answer D is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
121. Data about data is called (Knowledge)
A. Metadata
B. Attribute data
C. Temporal data
D. Composite data
Solution
Data about data is called metadata. Metadata describe the context, use and validity of business information.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
122. To be of any value within the solution, metadata eventually must be (Comprehension)
A. Recorded
B. Created
C. Updated
D. Deleted

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
To be of any value within the solution, metadata eventually must be recorded. Metadata describe the context, use and validity of bu siness information.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 228.
123. A business analyst developed a series of dynamic process/flow models that showed how the system behaves over the course of time within the
scope of selected business areas. These models will be incorporated into the (Analysis)
A. User requirements
B. Functional requirements
C. Business requirements

Spectramind Solutions
D. Statement of objectives
Solution
Process/flow models that show how the system behaves over the course of time within the scope of selected business areas will be incorporated into the
functional requirements.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,228.
124. Activity. diagrams and flowcharts (Comprehension)
A. Use slightly different elements and format because they are defined by different standards
8. Use markedly different elements and format because they are used for different purposes
C. Use some different elements and .formal. because they are intended for different audiences
D. Use the same elements and format because they are used for the same purposes and audiences
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Activity diagrams and flowcharts use slightly different elements because they are defined by
different standards. Activity diagram elements and format are defined by the Unified Modeling
Language (UML) standard. Flowchart elements and format are defined by AIVSI/ISO standards.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 229.
125. The first step in the process of building an activity diagram is (Comprehension)
A. Completing the diagram
€3. Determining activity details
C. Preparing textual descriptions

Spectramind Solutions
D. Deciding the boundaries
Solution
The first step in the process of building an activity diagram is deciding the boundaries of the set of activities to be modeled. Determining the activity
details such as sequences, conditional logic and responsibilities follows this. The last two steps are to complete the diagram and prepare brief textual
descriptions as needed to clarify the symbols in the diagram.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
 IIBA 2006, 229.
126. A business analyst might use which of the following process/flow models to analyze and

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

describea complex use Fase stenario? (Knowledge)
A. Entity relationship diagram
"
B. Activity diagram
C. Class model
D. CRUD matrix
Solution
A business analyst might use an activity diagram to analyze and describe a complex use case scenario. An activity diagram is the only answer that is a
.> . .
process/flow model. Class models, entity relationship diagrams and CRUD matrices are data models.
TIP: The process of elimination can be used to answer this question.
I Sample Exam Questms: IIBA Certrfred Business Analysis Professional

Spectramind Solutions
t
I
1 Answer B is correct.
1
Reference
IIBA 2006, 229.
127. Selecting an appropriate presentation format for stakeholder audiences is part of the task of determining the appropriate requirements format. This
task precedes creating a requirements package. All of these activities are components of (Analysis)
A. Enterprise analysis
B. Requirements documentation
C. Requirements communication
D. Solution assessment and validation

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
Determining the appropriate requirements format, which includes selecting an appropriate
presentation format for stakeholder audiences and creating a requirements package, is a
component of requirements communication.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,279.
128. A business analyst maintains an annotated issues log to help organize and analyze the requirements. This log also supports the business
analyst's communication with the stakeholders concerning clarification and detailing of the requirements. The business analyst's log is part of
the project (Analysis)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Business case
B. Requirements package . -C. Deliverables
D. Work products
Solution
, The business analyst's log is part of the project work products.
Work products are collections of
notes that are used to organize and analyze requirements. The business analyst may share this
information with stakeholders during different phases of the requirements gathering process.
Work products such as this document may or may not become delive'rables.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
 IIBA 2006,279.
129. The functional requirements document and traceability matrices are required by the project methodology to describe the completed
requirements work, to include in the formal requirements package and to use in subsequent phases of the project to implement the solution.
The functional requirements document and traceability matrices are project (Analysis)
A. Deliverables
B. Work products
C. Milestones

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. Events
Solution
The functional requirements document and traceability matrices are project deliverables.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,279.
Scenario for questions 130-131:The project team has reached a milestone during the requirements analysis and documentation phase of the
project. Requirements for a major business area are ready for stakeholder review. Maria, the lead business analyst, will lead the review. Task
prioritization and effective time management are essential because the project is behind schedule.

Spectramind Solutions
130. What would be an appropriate way for Maria to the make this requirements subset easier for the stakeholders to review? (Evaluation)
A. Schedule a meeting at the end of the phase
B. Create a cohesive requirements package
C. Include requirements traceability matrices
D. Obtain approval from the project manager
, Solution
Creating a cohesive requirements package will make compfeted requirements documentation
'
easier for stakeholders to review. This applies to complete documentation at the end of the requirements phase and documentation subsets at
other points within the phase.
Answer B is correct.
 Reference
IIBA 2006, 280.
131. Maria knows that communicating the requirements correctly to stakeholders is a key success factor. She enlists the help of a subject matter expert and a
quality assurance analyst to prepare for the requirements review. They review the text of Maria's meeting introduction and suggest that she include the
negative impacts of poorly written or misunderstood requirements. Which of the following impacts rr~ight IYaria add to her introduction? (Synthesis)
A. Rework and higher quality

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

B. Cost overruns and less risk
C. Rework and cost overruns
D. Missed deadlines and less risk Solution
Rework, cost overruns and missed deadlines are all possible negative impacts of poorly written or misunderstood requirements.
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 280.
132. The documents contained in a requirements packqge will vary depending on the (Knowledge)
A. Schedule constraints
6. Size of the project team

Spectramind Solutions
C. Stakeholders' commitment
D. Type of requirements Solution
The documents contained in a requirements package will vary depending on the type of the
requirements.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,280.
133. Bob is creating a requirements package for stakeholder review. He has determined which components of the overall requirements documents
 should be grouped together and has assessed the audience to whom the requirements will be presented. The next step for Bob is to (Evaluation)
A. Evaluate the documentation required
B. Notify stakeholders of the scheduled review
C. Package the requirements for presentation
D. Identify focus areas for each audience group
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The next step for Bob is to evaluate the documentation required based on the type of project. After that, Bob would package the requirements for
presentation, taking into consideration the focus areas of each audience group. Once the package is complete Bob can notify the stakeholders of the
review.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 281.
134. Which of the following BEST describes the components of a good requirements package? (Application)
A. All of the overall project requirements and relevant work products
B. All or part of the overall project requirements and relevant deliverables

Spectramind Solutions
C. Business, functional and technical requirements and project scope
D. Part of the overall project requirements and related key work products
Solution
A good requirements package includes all or pirt of the overall project requirementi and relevant deliverables. A good requirements package may contain
graphics, diagrams, text or a combination of different formats. , .,
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 281.
135. Which of the following is the MOST appropriate way to convey a cohesive, effective message to disparate stakeholder audiences that will review
requirements on the same project? (Application) .,
A. Prioritize audience importance to the project
0. Hold multiple requirements review meetings
C. Create more than one requirements package
D. Assess the priorities of each audience group
Solution
The MOST appropriate way to convey a cohesive, effective message to more than one stakeholder audience that will review requirements on the same

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

project is to create more than one requirements package.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,281.
136. Grouping of requirements in the requirements package should be identified clearly for ease of navigation in the (Knowledge)
A. Main text
B. Introduction
C. Appendix
D. Table of contents
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
Grouping of requirements in the requirements package should be identified clearly for ease of navigation in the table of contents.
Answer D is correct. I.
Reference " . .
IIBA 2006,282.
137. Only the technical requirements may need to be included in the requirements package for (Knowledge)
A. Upgrading the infrastructure of a current system
B. Developing a customized in-house software project
C. Changing a business process for an existing application
D. Purchasing a new technology software package
Solution
Only the technical requirements may need to be included in the requirements package for upgrading the infrastructure of a current system. In all the
other scenarios all or nearly all types of requirements would be needed, including some level of business, functional and technical i.squirements.
Answer A is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006, 282.
138. How a message is conveyed, rather than the message contents, is often the cause of miscommunication between project team
members. Which role is IYOST responsible for ensuring that requirements are clearly understood? (Application)
A. Subject matter expert
B. Business analyst
C. Quality assurance analyst
D. Project manager
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
The business analyst is MOST responsible for ensuring that requirementsare clearly understood.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 282.
, 139. Which of the following groups of potential requirements review audiences are MOST likely to provide requirements sign off? (Application)
A. Quality assurance analysts
B. Legal and audit representatives
 C. Executive business sponsors
D. Technical solution providers -
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Executive business sponsors are MOST likely to provide requirements sign off.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 283.
140. Marge has been selected by the sponsor to attend the requirements review. She will focus on understanding the critical success factors of the
project based on the needs of the business users. In doing so, which of the following groups is Marge MOST likely to represent? (Application)
e
A. Technical solution providers
B. Legal and audit representatives
C. Subject matter experts
D. Quality assurance analysts

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
The quality assurance analysts will focus on understanding the critical success factors of the project based on the needs of the business users.
Technical solution providers will build the system. Legal and audit representatives will ensure that the corporate legal standards are met. Subject matter
experts will help ensure that the requirerr~ents they provided to the business analysts are implemented.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,283.
141. Which of the following groups of potential requirements review audiences will need to understand the workflows and the data and the user
interface requirements and help ensure that the requirements they provided to the business analysts are implemented? (Knowled ge)
A. Subject matter experts
B. Legal and audit representatives
C. Technical solution providers
D. Quality assurance analysts
Solution
The subject matter experts will need to understand the workflows and the data and the user interface requirements to help ensure that the

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

requirements they provided to the business analysts are implemented.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,283.
142. Which of the following groups of potential requirements review audiences will ensure that the corporate legal standards are met? (Knowledge)
A. Legal and audit representatives
B. Subject matter experts
C. Technical solution providers
D. Quality assurance analysts
Solution
-the legal and audit representatives will ensure that the corporate legal standards are met.

Spectramind Solutions
.answerA is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,283.
143. System use cases are reviewed by the stakeholders. They are built collaboratively by the designer and the (Knowledge)
A. System user
6. Business analyst
C. Project manager
D. Quality engineer
Solution
System use cases are built collaboratively by the designer and the business analyst.
Answer B is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006,303.
144. Trade-offs between the design teim and stakeholders are expected. A key role in the communication and negotiation process is played by the
(Knowledge)
A. System architect
B. Subject matter experts
C. Business analyst
D. Quality engineer
Solution
A key role in the communication and negotiation process between the designers and stakeholders is played by the business analyst.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer C is correct.
Reference IIBA 2006,303.
145. Where software is not a viable solution, new manual steps to streamline and improve the current process may be determined by the business
analyst and the (Knowledge)
A. Project manager
B. Designer
C. Quality engineer
D. Process owner Solution
Where software is not a viable solution, new manual steps to streamline and improve the current process may be determined by the business analyst
and the process owner.
Answer D is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006, 304.
146. The business analyst assesses each option for its applicability to the business area after evaluating the available technolog y options to solve
the business problem with the (Knowledge)
0 *
A. Technical team
B. Quality team
C. Project manager
D. Process owner
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
The business analyst assesses each option for its applicability to the business area after evaluating the available technology options to solve the
business problem with the technical team.
Answer A is correct.
Reference IIBA 2006, 304.
147. Which of the following is an output of evaluating the technology options? (Knowledge)
A. Request for proposal/Request for quote
B. Recommendation aligned with requirements
C. High-level understanding of technology potential
D. Usability requirements and test plan
Solution
A recommendation aligned with requirements is an output of evaluating the technology options, along with feedback on problems/issues/concerns and
assured compliance with the organizational standards.
Answer B is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006,305.
148. Which of the following roles helps to evaluate options and assess applicability of each option to the business when the organ ization considers
buying or leasirlg a software package? (Knowledge)
A. Technical team
B. Quality team
C. Business analyst

Spectramind Solutions
D. Process owner Solution
The business analyst helps to evaluate options and assess applicability of each option to the
'
business when the organization considers buying or leasing a software package.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 305.
149. Which of the following typically area key inputs to facilitating the selection of a solution? (Knowledge)
A. Usability requirements and test plan
B. Feasibility studies and prototypes
C. Request for proposal/Request for quote
D. Prioritized, approved business requirements Solution
Prioritized, approved business requirements typically are key inputs to facilitating the selection of a solution.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 306.
150. Which of the following roles assists the usability engineer and the technology team to design usability into the solution? (Knowledge)
A. Business analyst
B. Quality team'
C. Project manager
D. Process owner
Solution
The business analyst assists the usability engineer and the technology team to design usability into the solution.
Answer A is correct. Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 306.
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Chapter 11:Practice Solutions E
1 While eliciting requirements, a business analyst discovers that the original premise for the project did not consider newly discovered data. Prior to beginning
requirements analysis activities, the analyst recommends to the project manager that the project's feasibility needs to be reviewed and possibly refined.
What is the best way to justify this recommendation? (Synthesis)
A. Requirements discovery during implementation work is causing a problem
B. Requirements development is an iterative and incremental process

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

C. Requirements elicitation data may lead to refining project feasibility
D. Requirements analysis is based on accurate and timely information
Solution
The information gathered during requirements elicitation or requirements analysis may lead to further work or refinement of the project feasibility. The remaining
options are not cgrrect at this stage in requirements development, although it is true that work done during the implementation of the requirements causes review
and revision of project feasibility.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 16.

Spectramind Solutions
2. Which deliverable presents the organization with the information necessary to support a go/no go decision to invest and move forward with a project?
(Knowledge)
A. Feasibility study
B. Project charter
C. Business case
D. Strategic plan
Solution
The business case is the deliverable presentirlg the organization with the information necessary to support a go/no go decision to invest and move forward with
a project. Option A is incorrect; however, a feasibility study is another requirements-related deliverable for many projects. The project charter provides the
project manager with the authorization to allocate resources and do the project work. The strategic plan states the organization's mission, vision and values
relative to the project.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 54.
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
3. When performing an initial risk assessment during enterprise analysis activities, the business analyst may apply quantitative financial models to look
at financial profitability of the proposed project as part of the business case. The simplest approach is to consider investment and revenue without

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

considering the time value of money. This technique is called (Synthesis)
A. Discounted cash flow
B. Net present value
C. Internal rate of return
D. Payback
Solution
-the financial valuation techniques that may be used include discounted cash flow, net present value, internal rate of return, average rate of return and
payback period. Payback period is the
simplest technique and looks at the initial investment relative to the projected revenue. This technique does not take into account the time value of
money in its calculations.
Answer D is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 55.
4. The content and format of the business case document typically are dictated by which aspect of the organization? (Knowledge)
A. Structure
0. Culture
C. Standards
D. Process assets
Solution
Organizational standards typically dictate the contents and format of the business case document. I,lltimately, the final deliverable presents the
information necessary to support a golno go decision to invest and move forward with a project.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 53.
5. Several techniques are ava~lable to assess and define business benefits for a proposed project. When using SWOT analysis in looking at a proposed
solution, you are showing how the organization will (Comprehension)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. Maximize strengths and minimize weaknesses
B. Maximize opportunities and minimize weaknesses
C. Maximize weaknesses and minirr~ize threats
D. Maximize strengths and maximize threats
Solution
SWOT analysis demonstrates how the organization will maximize strengths and minimize weaknesses relevant to the proposed solution. It includes a discussion
of the opportunities now possible because of the solution. It is also a means to identify, minimize and prevent threats to the organization that may be caused by
the solution.
?;nswerA is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 55.
6. During enterprise analysis, the business analyst performs an initial risk assessment. After completing risk identification and analysis activities, the next step

Spectramind Solutions
in the process is (Application)
A. Assessing risk probability/impact
B. Planning risk responses
C. Assessing organizational readiness
D. Calculating the overall risk rating
Solution
The process steps to conduct the initial risk assessment are 1 Identifying project risks,
1 Assessing risk probability and impact,
2 Planning risk responses and
3 . Assessing organizational readiness and calculating an overall risk rating.
.
~nswerB is correct. Reference
7. As an experienced business analyst, you are applying additional techniques during your initial risk assessment activities. In speaking with a
number of technical experts concerning additional technical risks involved in the proposed project solution, you are applying which information
gathering technique? (Analysis)
A. Brainstorming
B. Root cause identification

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

C. SWOT analysis ..
D. Interviewing
Solution
All of the answers are information gathering techniques that may be applied to risk identification activities for a project; however, interviewing is
the technique being described.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
8. When defining the role and responsibilities of the business analyst in tracking project benefits and return on investment (ROI), it is MOST
appropriate to say that this responsibility (Application)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Continues after the project life cycle ends
0. Stops when the project life cycle ends
C. Stops when the product life cycle ends
D. Continues while the project team exists
Solution
Once project solutions are implemented, the team usually is disbanded and reassigned to new projects. The process is i~complete, however, unless
the organization measures the return on project investments (ROI). The business analyst plays a vital role in ensuring that metrics and , measurements
'
are in place to track project ROI, often several months or years after project completion.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
 11. As part of project selection and prioritization, a decision package for a specific project will most likely be presented to the portfolio
management governance group for a decision by whom? (Application)
A. The project manager
B. The project sponsor
C. The business analyst
D. The project board

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
After the decision package is complete, it is used by the sponsor of the proposed project to present the proposal to the portfolio management
governance group. As the individual who possesses the most knowledge about the opportunity, the business analyst often supports the sponsor
when presenting the project proposal information. The project manager and project board are not involved.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 60.
12. As a business analyst conducting an initial risk assessment as part of enterprise analysis, what recommended interpersonal skill should you
be using? (Knowledge)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Brainstorming
B. Negotiation
C. Facilitation
D. Lateral thinking
Solution
The four required skills for a business analyst to apply during the initial risk assessment activities of enterprise analysis include facilitation, risk
identification, risk probability and impact assessment (also known as risk analysis), and overall risk ratirlg developinent.
" Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 57.
13. You are producing a deliverable providing an actionable set of information regarding the proposed new project to the organiza tional
 decision makers. This document is called a (Knowledge)
A. Work package
B. Decision package
C. Program package
D. Action package
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A decision package provides organizational decision makers with an actionable set of information.
As a business analyst, you play a major role in compiling all of the information gathered during
the enterprise analysis activities to put in this package. The proposal documentation includes or
references all information gathered about the proposed project to date.
A work package is the lowest level of a work breakdown structure (WBS) that decomposes and details project scope.
A program package is the lowest level component of the program work breakdown structure for a program.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 59.

Spectramind Solutions
14. The project charter for your project is prepared, and the project manager has been assigned. The business analyst has started planning the
requirements elicitation, analysis and documentation activities for the project. What point in time does this situation represent for this new
project? (Comprehension)
.i
,
A. Ths new project has been initiated
-B. The new project has been defined
C. The new project has been planned ..
D. The new project has been launched
Solution
When a new project is beirlg launched, the business analyst collaborates with the project +
manager during project initiation and planning. In addition, it is at this point that the business
analyst begins to plan the requirements elicitation, analysis'and documentation activities-.for the
newly launched project.
Answer D is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 61.

Spectramind Solutions
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
17. You have identified several high probability/high impact risks for your proposed project. What is your next recommended action to be taken for these risks?
(Comprehension)
A. Identify their risk mitigation strategies and contingency response plans
6. Assess organizational readiness and calculate their overall risk ratings
C. Identify and analyze additional technical, financial and business risks
D. Analyze the probability of the risks occurring and their impact if they occur

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
For high probability/high impact risks, your next step would be to identify risk mitigation
strategies and contingency response plans. This step involves assessing the cost of each risk
response plan and adding these costs to the overall cost estimates for the proposed project or
initiative. The remaining answers are all appropriate actions and/or steps performed during risk
analysis for a project, but they do not correctly answer the question.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 57.
18. In order to ensure that a project's business case remains valid and that business benefits will be achieved, a business analyst should stay involved with the
project across its life cycle. One critical point where the analyst's participation is critical is when he or she performs (Knowledge)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Updates to the project plan
6. Project re-prioritization
C. Control gate reviews
D. New risk identification
Solution
Once projects are funded, they must be managed throughout the project life.cycle, to ensure that the business case remains valid and continued investment in
the project is still warranted. The business analyst plays a critical role in the project control gate review process. Typically, management reviews of ongoing
projects are held at key project milestones to re-validate the business case, review current estimates of cost and time, validate or refine the project priority and
make a golno go decision about funding the project for the next phase.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
Scenario for questions 19-21: As the business analyst for a major program within the
organization, Karen is responsible for defining and tracking the projected business benefits and
ensuring that milestones for these benefits are met.
19. Which key stakeholder should assist Karen in defining appropriate business benefits for her new initiative as part of the business case? (Evaluation)
A. The senior project managers

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

8. The business executive sponsor
C. The business process owners
D. The portfolio management team
Solution
Key stakeholders who are involved in or impacted by the business case include the business process owner(s) and business process subject matter
experts for the business area to be changed. The business process experts likely assist in estimating business benefits expected from the new initiative.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 52.

Spectramind Solutions
20. What would be an appropriate statement for Karen to make to management to describe the basis for the challenges inherent in measuring business
benefits? (Evaluation)
A. The problem comes from our inability to define SMART goals and objectives
B. The problem comes from an immature measurement culture in the organization
C. The problem comes from the study team's lack of subject matter expertise
D. The problem comes from the inherent uncertainty found in every new program
Solution
Underlying many of the problems associated iith both the development and the realization of business case projections is an immature measurement
culture within the organization.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 53.
21. What type of plan would Karen include in her business case to document the methods that will be used to assess and report on benefits achievement?
(Evaluation)
A. Benefit measurement plan
B. Program management plan
C. Organization's strategic plan
D. Project management plan

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
-the business case should articulate not only the benefits that will be realized but also how those
benefits will be assessed and evaluated. The business case may also include a plan for benefit
measurement and reporting, including where realignment of internal measures or systems is
needed to ensure that the behaviors sought can be seen, evaluated and realized.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 53.
22. During project prioritization and selection, a committee of senior executives typically reviews the business case and initial risk assessment information for a
proposed project. Based on that data, they decide whether or not to invest in this proposed new initiative. What is the name of this decision-making group?

Spectramind Solutions
(Application)
A. Executive steering committee group
B. Program and project governance group
C. Project investment governance group
D. Strategic portfolio management group Solution The portfolio management team, also known as the project inve3tment governance group, is a committee
comprising senior executives who review the business case and initial risk assessment information and determine whether to invest in the proposed new initiative
(project). All of the incorrect answers are not valid names of project stakeholders.at any level in the organization. Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 58.
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
 25. The initial risk assessment performed during enterprise analysis determines if the (Comprehension)
A. Economic impacts of the proposed new project are appropriate and reasonable
B. Strategic goals and elements of the project's balanced scorecard will be achieved
C. Proposed new project is viable and a "go/no go" decision is required for this initiative.
D. Proposed new project carries more risk than the organization is willing to bear Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The initial risk assessment performed during enterprise analysis determines if the proposed new project carries more risk than the organization is
willing to bear.
The incorrect answers are all justifications and actions encountered as part of the strategic activities performed in enterprise analysis, but they
do not answer the question that is being asked.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 56.
26. Which statement BEST describes the contents of the business case relative to planning for benefit measurement activities? (Application)
A. The benefit measurements must be seen, evaluated and realized

Spectramind Solutions
B. The benefit measurements may be realized, evaluated and reported
C. The benefit measurements may require internal systems realignment
D. The benefit measurements must be articulated clearly and concisely
Solution
The business case should articulate not only the benefits that will be realized but also how those benefits will be assessed and evaluated. The
business case may also include a plan for benefit measurement and reporting, including where realignment of internal measures or systems is
needed to ensure that the behaviors being sought can be seen, evaluated and realized.
;
TIP: Watch out for answers that are correct BUT are not necessarily appropriate for the question being asked. Answer A is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 53.
27. When expected benefits are not achieved by a program or a project, the organization should analyze factors that may have contributed to this situation. The
recommended method for analysis is called (Knowledge)
A, Root-cause analysis
8. Lessons learned analysis
C. Failure mode analysis
D. Benefits gap analysis

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
In order to continuously improve the project selection and execution process, the organization sho~~ld
conduct a root-cause analysis to determine what circumstances prohibited the project outcomes from delivering the expected value to the organization.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 62.
28. When are management reviews of ongoing projects typically held? (Knowledge)
A. At the end of the project
8. For key project artifacts
C. At key project milestones

Spectramind Solutions
D. For key work packages Solution
Typically, management reviews of ongoing projects are held at key project milestones to re- validate the business case, review current estimates of cost and
time, validate or refine the project priority and make a golno go decision about funding the project for the next phase. At key milestones the business analyst
partners with the project manager, business representative(s), and the lead architects and developers to update the project plans, current cost/schedule
estimates, risk assessment and business case. The other potential answers are also correct for many projects, but they do not reflect the explicit definition
provided in the BABOK;
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,62.
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
 Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Reference
IIBA 2006, 61.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

31. You are a business analyst perforrning risk identification and analysis as part of completing your initial risk assessment. What requirements
development knowledge area are you working within? (Comprehension)
A. Enterprise Analysis
B. Requirements Analysis
C. Enterprise Elicitation
D. Requirements Elicitation
Solution
Project risk management includes the processes concerned with conducting risk management
planning, identification, analysis, responses, and monitoring and control on a project. The initial
risk assessment is performed as a component of Enterprise Analysis knowledge area activities.
Answer A is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 56.
32. Alice has just completed the initial risk assessment for her project. What key deliverable has she produced for her proposed initiative? (Application)
A. Initial risk control;'
B. Initial risk analysis
C. Initial risk rating
D. Initial risk register
The key deliverable from the initial risk assessment performed as part of enterprise analysis is the initial risk rating for the proposed initiative and the
nature and cost of the risk response plan. This information typically is added to the business case document.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
ITBA 2006, 58.
33. Jean-Luc is a business analyst defining the weighting approach and its associated constraints and limitations for selecting project options. In what

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

section of the recommended business case document outline should this information be found? (Application)
A. Preferred alternative
B. Implementation plan
C. Impact analysis
D. Key selection criteria Solution
Weighting and constraints/limitations are found in the key selection criterion section of the
outline business case document. All other answers are sections or sub-sections of the business
case document ouline.
Answer D is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
34. In order to quickly and accurately relate a set of test cases to the user requirements that define the capabilities being tested, a business analyst
should use what technique? (Comprehension)
A. Traceability matrix
B. Testing hierarchy
C. Testing procedures
D. Capability matrix
Solution
The traceab~lity matrix relates one set of project life cycle elements to another set, such as user requirements traced to the high-level product
description, or test cases traced to specific user requirements. Traceability is used throughout the development life cycle, often to detect missing
functionality or identify if implemented functionality is not supported by a specific requirement or set of requirements. Traceability shows the interaction
of requirements that will be implemented by the solution.
.>
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 133.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Spectramind Solutions
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
39. What requirements planning and management task results in an updated list of requirements and the corresponding updated requirements traceability
matrix? (Knowledge)
Identify scope change resulting from requirements change
Identify requirements change resulting from scope creep
Identify scope change when maintaining scope approval
D. Identify, list and maintain approved project requirements
2.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
A new baselined requirements list and updated requirements traceability matrix results from the task titled "Identify Scope Change Resulting from
Requirement Change."
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 137.
40. As part of project planning and management, project metrics are identified, collected and reported. They are also monitored, measured and
reviewed on a regular basis across the project life cycle. The key project stakeholder responsible for these activities is the (Comprehension)
A. Project executive

Spectramind Solutions
B. Project sponsor
C. Project manager
D. Business analyst
Solution
An effective system of measurement and comparison to standards or objectives is needed in order to effectively manage a proje ct. A metric is a
quantitative measure of a process or product used to describe what is to be measured.
Metrics collection and analysis must also be regularly monitored, measured and reviewed on a regular basis. The schedule of metrics collection and
reporting is determined by the business analyst in conjunction with other key stakeholders. The business analyst also determines the product and
project metrics needed to effectively and efficiently measure and report on the requirements activities in the project.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,138.
41. What types of metrics are defined to address and measure project cost or schedule? (Application)
A. Project
B. Product
C. Process

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. Portfolio
Solution
There aretwo types of metrics that a business analyst will determine, collect and report on across the project life cycle:
Project metrics-measurements associated with the project and its implementation, such as cost, effort, schedule, risk and resources.
* Product metrics-measurements associated directly with the product or products produced by the project, such asdefects, performance and size.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 139.
42. You are identifying, collecting and controlling project metrics relative to delivering the project's scope. When applying the recorrlmended sequence of steps
for this activity, you first determine the relevant metrics for the project's requirements activities. Your next step is to (Analysis)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Collect the defined requirements-related metrics
B. Determine how these rnetrics will be collected .
C. Collect, analyze, store and report on the metrics
D. Determine, report on and distribute the results
Solution
The three types of tasks for both product- and project-related metrics are identification, collection and reporting. The suggested sequence of steps for the
business analyst during requirements planning and management includes
1 Determining relevant metrics for the requirements activities,
2 Determining how the metrics will be collected, analyzed, documented and corrlmunicated and
3 Executing the following steps on a continuing scheduled basis: collect, analyze, store, report and distribute results. -,
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 140.
43. What task is the business analyst performing when he or she asks "What is the project's goal and how will we know we have attained that goal?"
(Comprehension)
A. Collecting the project metrics
B. Defining project requirements
C. Determining the project metrics
D. Reporting on project metrics

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
In order to select the correct metrics, the business analyst should ask the question "What is our goal?" and think about measuring attainment of that goal. In
particular, the business analyst should ask what measurements are needed to check attainment of the project's goal.
Answer C is correct. Reference
44. You are a business analyst using a traceability matrix to determine if there are any missing connections between your user requirements and the system
requirements that support them. You are looking across a row in your traceability matrix and discover that a successor item in the matrix does not have a
predecessor item. This tells you that you and your team need to (Analysis)
A. Review why that particular requirement was written

Spectramind Solutions
B. Continue the decomposition and elaboration process
C. Update the traceability matrix with the reason why
D. Contact the source of the requirement for clarification
Solution
Traceability matrix analysis can be conducted to determine if there are any missing connections. Look across the row first: if a successor item does not have a
predecessor item, the team needs to continue the decomposition and elaboration process in order to'write a requirement.
Answer is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,134.
45. As a business analyst maintaining the requirements list for your project, you need to justify the time spent analyzing impacts to external systems. Which
statement provides the BEST justification for your work activities in this area? You are (Application)
A. Addressing impacts to other systems or projects within the organization
B. Building traceability matrices for the requirements as they are developed
C. Minimizing the changes taking place when trying to baseline requirements
D. Ensuring that project work is not authorized or done for out-of-scope items
Solution
The impacts to external systems and other areas of the project ensure that the work is not

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

authorized for items that are outside the baselined list of requirements. The requirement change
may impact the project schedule, cost, risks and resources, and/or effects on an external
interface to another system or project.
TIP: The remaining answers are not necessarily incorrect, but none of them is the best answer to the question being asked.
Answer D is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 134.
46. You are a business analyst determining the metrics for your current project. What key inputs do you require in order to accomplish this task? (Knowledge)
A. The current project plan and any relevant project standards
B. The current requirements list and the traceability matrix

Spectramind Solutions
C. The final product description for the project's end result
D. The project scope definition document and assumptions
Solution
Inputs to this task include the current project plan and any relevant project standards that are useful for identifying important project metrics. Project life cycle
(PLC) and software development life cycle (SDLC) standards also may be useful. Metrics may also be determined by the specific requirements of individual
stakeholders, such as a cost metric to track costs chargeable to a particular resource on a specific task.
.' .
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 141.
47. Your project team members are required to enter status data tracking the actual time spent on specific project activities. This is done on a weekly basis using
 an automated reporting tool. They are participating in which metrics-related task? (Knowledge)
A. Reporting project metrics
B. Reporting product metrics
C. Collecting project metrics
D. Collecting product metrics
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Project metrics must be collected with minimal effort and impact, and preferably automatically. nne element of project metrics is the weekly status update
provided by project team members entering actual time spent on their assigned project tasks. This task is an ongoing one that will be executed as long as there
are any active requirements-related activities going on in the project.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
48. What is the typical source of collected product metrics? (Knowledge)
A. Product definition and review activities
B. Product quality and acceptance activities
C. Product testing and review activities

Spectramind Solutions
D, Product-based scope planniqg activities
Solution
The task of collecting product metrics involves collecting data, based on the list of product metricslidentified and the processes for collecting and processing
the data. Typically, product metrics result from product testing and review tasks of the project. Key stakeholders are the project team members involved in the
product testing and review tasks.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 145.
49. You are using the detailed product requirements to determine if a product is fit for use. What activity are you performing? (Comprehension)
A. Defining project metrics
B. Defining product metrics
C. Defining project scope
D. Defining product scope
Solution
Product metrics enable the business analyst to determine the "fitness" of the product for its intended use or purpose as well as the quality criteria for the

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

product itself.
Answer B is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 142.
50. Trend analysis is an important component in reporting product metrics for a project. What is trend analysis? (Knowledge)
A. A statistical technique simulating project outcomes using Monte Carlo analysis
B. A technique ensuring that a project's final product meets defined requirements
C. A technique used to forecast future outcomes based on previous performance
D. A technique to ensure that the project's final product satisfies imposed conditions Solution Although the BABOKstates the importance of trend analysis, it
does not offer a definition of the term. The PMBOKGuidg glossary defines trend analysis as an analytical technique using mathematical models to forecast future
outcomes based on historical results. It is a method of determining the variance from a budget, cost, schedule or scope baseline and projecting future outcomes
based on project performance to date. Option B is the PMBOKGuide@definition of validation. Option A is a valid statistical technique but does not answer the

Spectramind Solutions
question. Option D is the PlvlBOK ~uide@definition of verification.
Answer C is correct. References
IIBA 2006, 146 and PMI 2004, 378.
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
53. When justifying the need to define and collect product metrics, the business analyst should recommend that the product metrics program
address which key factors? (Analysis)
A. Alignment with the strategic plan and the business goals of the organization
B. Selection and definition of a small set of metrics data and formulas to be used
C. Communication of key metrics data requirements to the project stakeholders
D. -Performance of trend analysis of the actual versus the planned product quality

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
When determining product metrics, a product metrics program should include selectirrg a small set of metrics initially and adding to it carefully as needed,
collecting/reporting metrics with a level of effort less than their value, explair~ing the selected metrics to the team, targeting keeping no secrets and
sharing the data, defining the metrics data and formulas used, recognizing that trends are more significant than individual data points and understanding
that metrics may be threatening to many team members.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
54. Determining how critical a requested change is to the success of a project and classifying the type of change is performed when the business
analyst is (Knowledge)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Documenting and categorizing requirements
B. Preventing and cataloging requirements
C. Categorizing and prioritizing requirements
D. Submitting and reviewing requirements
Solution
When analyzing change requests as part of managing changing requirements, the business analyst performs the key task of categorizing and
prioritizing requirements. This task involves determining how critical this change is to the success of the project, defining the impact of not making the
change, classifying the change, prioritizing the requested changes by level of criticality and calculating the cost and development efforts needed to
implement the requested change.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
55. You are a business analyst responsible for addressing changing requirements on your current project. As part of planning for the expected
requirements changes, you first determine the roles and responsibilities regarding requirements changes. Your next step is to (Comprehension)
A. Decide how people in defined project roles will find out about requirements changes
B. Define how requirements changes will be administered and communicated
C. Decide how formal requirements change requests are approved and generated
D. Define how requirements changes will be logged, reviewed and approved

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
As part of planning for changing requirements, the business analyst first determines who should be involved in handling requirements changes and then
defines how the requirements changes will be administered and communicated.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
56. To ensure that approved requirements changes are formally included in the revised requirements document, it is MOST appropriate to update the
document and its revision history after the (Application)
A. Changes are logged, reviewed and approved

Spectramind Solutions
B. Formal change request has been generated
C. Links to all impacted requirements are updated
D. Roles and responsibilities have been defined
Solution
When documenting the changes to requirements, the tasks include creating a formal change request to ensure that changes are formally included in the
revised requirements documents, and
'
defining links to other requirements to ensure that all impacted requirements are.,updated and ,the changes are documented in the "Revision History"
section.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 149.
57. You are a business analyst dealing with the project sponsor regarding requirements changes for the project. The MOST likely action taken by the sponsor
regarding this change request is to sign off on the request, making it (Comprehension)
A. A requested change
B. A deferred change
C. A rejected change
D. An approved change

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
Changes that are submitted for approval are reviewed and signed off on by the requirements reviewers and the project sponsor. Therefore, the most likely state
of your change request is that it is approved; however, it could also be deferred or rejected by the sponsor.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 150.
58. You are the business analyst responsible for submitting requested requirements changes for approval. These requests will most likely be approved and
signed off by the defined requirements approvers and the (Application)
A. Project sponsor

Spectramind Solutions
B. Project ofice
C. Project customer
D. Project manager
Submitting requested changes for approval involves review and sign off by the requirements approvers and the project sponsor.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
61. Which answer BEST describes the rationale for conducting fact-finding activities when
analyzing requested requirements changes for your project? (Application)
A. Gaining more understanding of the operational context of the requested change
B. Obtaining additional risk-related data relative to the impact of the change --
C. Identifying, conforming and documenting any related issues for the change
D. Involving key project stakeholders and decision makers in managiqg change

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
When analyzing change requests, fact-finding activities are performed in order to obtain a
greater understanding of the requested requirements change, its operational context and any
potential issues. .
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 150.
62. What is often considered to be a key capability for reporting-project metrics? (Knowledge)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Effects analysis
B. Variance analysis
C. Metrics analysis
D. Trend analysis Solution
Trend analysis is often a key capability in metrics reporting. The business analyst should design
project reporting capabilities to incorporate this capability when applicable.
Answer D i.s correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 148.
63. You are a business analyst analyzing requested changes for your project. After conducting fact-finding activities and then categorizing and prioritizing the
requested change, your next step is to (Application)
A. Interview key project stakeholders about the change

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

B. Submit the requested change for approval and sign off
C. Place the requested change in its operational context
D. ~e~rminehow critical the change is for your project

Spectramind Solutions
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Solution
The. key deliverable from reporting either project or product metrics is a series of defined and ad
hoc reporting capabilities utilizing either the identified product metrics or the defined project
metrics.
Answer A is correct. Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 147-148.
66. You are working with the project change management team reviewing identified issues and requested changes for your project. The team is performing
what task? (Application)
A. Change analysis
B. Risk analysis
C. Issue analysis
D. Impact analysis Solution
Understanding the changes to requirements consists of two tasks: identifying issues and changes where issues or requirements changes are captured and
participating in impact analysis where ' the identified issues or requested changes are reviewed.
Answer D is correct. Reference

Spectramind Solutions
P
IIBA 2006, 149.
67. The final task performed by the business analyst when analyzing change requests for a project is (Analysis)
A. Tracking all changes to project requirements
B. Submitting changes for approval and sign off
C. Capturing accurate and complete requirements
D. Updating all impacted requirements documents
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Solution
Preparing for the use of reverse engineering as an elicitation technique includes determining the scope of the functionality that needs to be reverse engineered
and evaluating the cost-benefit ratio of applying this technique on your project. You need to know if the financial investment is warranted by evaluating potential
benefits gained from improved documentation and/or derived abstraction in terms of maintenance of the existing system or development of a new
system/product.
Answer A is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006, 176.
70. What are the two types of questions commonly found in a survey? (Knowledge)
A. Closed and open-ended
B. Abstract and quantitative
C. Detailed and high-level
D. Research and scoping
Solution
Questions in a survey are typically of two types: closed or closed-ended questions, for which the respondent is asked to select from a set of available responses,
and open-ended questions, for which the respondent is free to answer as he or she wishes.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 177.
71. You are a business analyst selecting a team to perform reverse engineering on a project to significantly enhance an existing information system that has
little to no documentation. In selecting your team members, a key skill required for this task is the ability to (Analysis)
A. Abstract system data from the general to the specific
B. Draw inferences when documenting the business rules
C. Bridge the gap from the existing state to the future state
D. Collaborate effectively with technical team merr~bers
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
 Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
75. Claire is preparing a survey to elicit detailed user requirements for enhancing an existing system. The existing system is well documented and the
users are very experienced in using its current capabilities. Given the nature of this enhanced system, what would be the BEST strategy for Claire to
use when creating questions for her i6itial user requirements survey? (Synthesis)
A. Use a mixture of question types to look at existinglnew capabilities

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

B, Use open-ended questions to define the new system capabilities
C. Use a mixture of question types focused on the existing system
D. Use closed-ended questions to evaluate the existing capabilities
Solution
Closed-ended questions allow the respondent to select from available responses. They are useful when the issues are known but the ra nge of user
responses to the questions is unknown. The responses to closed-ended questions are easier to analyze than those gained from open-ended questions.
Open-ended questions allow respondents to answer the questions as they wish. They are useful when the range of user responses is understood but the
response categories need to be determined and prioritized. Responses to open-ended questions provide more detail and a wider range but are more
difficult to quantify.
In this situation, given the well-documented existing system, the best strategy in writing the questions would be to focus on the new,capabilities and
enhancements and ask the users to contribute their ideas for how things might be done. This strategy allows the analyst to apply the strengths of
open-ended questions when gathering new user requirements targeting the new capabilities of the system.
Answer B is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IXBA 2006, 177.
76. What are the first two steps in detailed survey preparation during requirements elicitation? (Knowledge)
A. Defining survey objectives and selecting the targeted user group
13. Selecting the targeted user group and writing the survey questions
C. Defining the purpose of the survey and seeking sponsor confirmation
D. Choosing the survey type and selecting the targeted survey group
Solution
A survey requires detailed preparation to ensure that the needed information is obtained while minimizing the responders' time to complete the survey.
The first two activities performed typically are choosing the survey type and selecting the targeted survey group.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 178.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

77. The business analyst's goal is an effective and efficient survey. What are the recommended parameters to achieve this goal? (Application)
A. Limit content to less than 10 items and time required to less than 10 minutes
B. Limit content to more 10 items and time required to less than 5 minutes
C. Limit content to more than 10 items and time required to less than 10 minutes
D. Limit content to less than 5 items and time required to less than 5 rr~inutes
Solution
Recommendations for Being effective and efficient with a survey include keeping the survey short, with less than 10 items in terms of the content, and makirlg
the survey easy and fast to complete, ideally taking the respondent no more than 5 or 10 minutes
Answer A is considered correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,179.

Spectramind Solutions
78. How are unstructured interviews similar to open-ended surveys? (Comprehension)
A. They both allow respondents to select their answers
B. They both use open-ended questions to acquire data
C. They both allow respondents to explain what they mean
D. They both use a mixture of closed and open-ended questions
Unstructured interviews do not have any predehned questions. Instead, the business analyst and the interviewee have an open discussion about what is
required. Open-ended surveys use open- ended questions. This style of question allows respondents to answer questions as they wish, providing more detail
and a better explanation of what they want, need or require
Answer C is considered correct. Reference
79. What types of survey questions are most effective in obtaining quantitative data for use in statistical analysis? (Knowledge)
A. Open-ended questions

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

B. Closed-ended questions
C. Research questions
D. Directive questions
Solution
Closed-ended survey questions are deemed most effective in obtaining quantitative data for use in statistical analysis.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
80. You are a business analyst targeting users for a requirements elicitation survey on your current project. Because of the large number of potential
users, you will be able to survey only a specific subset of this large user group. What technique might you apply to ensure that you are selecting the

Spectramind Solutions
correct subset of users and achieving unbiased results? (Application)
A. Network diagrams
B. Statistical sampling
C. Pareto diagrams
D. Scatter sampling
Solution
To achieve unbiased results, specialized skills in statistical sampling methods are needed when the decisiorl has been made to survey a sample subset
of the target group.
Answer B is cbrrect.
Reference
IIBA 2006,180.
81. Technical writing skills are required to write good survey questions. The business analyst should make sure that the question wording is clear and
concise. In addition, the business analyst should avoid which common technical writing mistake? (Comprehension)
A. Using directive sentences

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

B. Using leading questions
C. Using too many pronouns
D. Using compound sentences Solution
Essential technical writing skills that apply when creating survey questions include avoiding double questions in a single question (compound sentences), use of
questions involving negatives (such as "not" and "except"), and using co~nplex branching structures and logic in the question.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
82. You are the business analyst performing requirements elicitation activities for your project. You have prepared a 10 question closed-ended survey for this
system upgrade project. The user community consists of 200 global users, 10 technical support staff and 2 system administrators. When deciding how to
survey the group to elicit requirements, what sample group will you select for the survey and why? (Application)

Spectramind Solutions
A. All 212 users-the sample group is large but survey responses will be very specific
B. A subset of the 212 users-the sample group is large and survey responses will be broad
C. All 212 users-the sample group is large and the survey responses will be broad
D. 106 users-the sample group is large but survey responses will be very specific
Solution
When selecting a sample group for a survey, you should consider both the type of survey (open- ended or closed-ended) and the number of people in the
identified user group in order to
,
determine if the entire group should be surveyed. When the sample group is small, it may be practical to survey all members of the group. When the sample
group is large and the desired survey type is open-ended, it may be necessary to identify a subset of users.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 179.
83. You are explaining the need for pre-survey interviews to the project sponsor. Your justification should include which statement? (Application)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

A. You need to elicit a greater level of detail for your survey questions
B. You need to build relationships with key users and stakeholders
C. You need more ideas and additional data for your survey questions
D. You need to build a solid survey addressing all user requirements

Spectramind Solutions
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
Reference
IIBA 2006, 180.
Scenario for questions 86-87: You are a business analyst trying to elicit information for a new project delivering revolutionary tracking capabilities for
commercial satellites in orbit. You have sent out your initial requirements questionnaire in an email message to 2,000 end users of the existing system.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

86. You are very disappointed in the number of responses that you have received to your questionnaire, currently less than 10%. What should you consider
doing next to resolve this issue? (Evaluation)
A. Offer an incentive to raise the survey response rate to an acceptable level
B. Use the information you have received to write your user requirements
C. Send a threatening email message to the users who have not responded
D. Call the users who have not responded to see what the problem might be
Solution
A survey requires detailed preparation to ensure that the needed information is obtained while minimizing responders' time to complete it. Make sure you have
clearly defined the purpose of the survey and identified the correct target survey group. The previous steps must be completed either before the questionnaire is
written or before deciding to whom the questionnaire will be sent. It is possible to add to that list as you go, but that compromises statistical sampling techniques.
You may also consider offering an incentive to raise the response rate to your survey, although the cost of the incentive must be justified and budgeted for.
Answer A is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IIBA 2006, 180.
87. You find yourself concerned about the quality of the information you are receiving in the user responses. Many questions are not being answered or are
answered improperly. What should you consider doing next to resolve this issue? (Evaluation)
.,
A. Schedule follow-on interviews with responding users to clarify the answers
B. Review your question types and consider rewriting the survey questions
C. Escalate this issue to th*e project sponsor and ask for direction and guidance
D. Use the information you have and ignore the incorrect/incornplete responses
 .
Solution
You may be using too many open-ended questions in your survey. This type of question requires more analysis by the business analyst and often results in
questions that are left unanswered or answered incorrectly because of their ambiguous nature
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,178.
88. The project sponsor is questioning the time you are taking to build a survey for eliciting business-level requirements on your new,
mission-critical project. In response to this concern, you justify your preparations by stating that (Comprehension)
A. Detailed survey preparation is part of Tuckman's team development model
B. Detailed survey preparation allows you to build your project understanding
C. Detailed survey preparation results in better information received in less time
D. Detailed survey preparation builds good relationships with the surveyed users
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
A sLlrvey requires detailed preparation to ensure that the needed information is obtained while
minimizing the responders' time to complete it. The Tuckman model steps through stages of
team development: forming, storming, norming and performing
Answer C is considered correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,178.
89. You are a business andlyst applying the survey technique as part of your requirements elicitation effort. What is the BEST sequence of activities
you would perform when developing a specific survey for eliciting user requirements for your project? (Application)
-
A. Decide survey type, select survey group, create.and distribute the survey
' B.Define collection methods, define survey group and decide survey type
C. Define desired survey response rate and decide on the survey type
D. Define survey purpose, decide survey type, and select survey group
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The recommended sequence of steps is define the survey purpose, decide on the survey type, select the survey group, select distribution and
collection methods, define desired response rate and then create the survey.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 178.
90. You have a short time frame in which to produce, distribute and collect responses to a requirements elicitation survey. What type of survey is
recommended for this situation? (Knowledge)
A: Closed-ended
B. Conceptual
C. Open-ended
D. Targeted

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
Closed-ended surveys often result in a large number of responses and are quick and relatively inexpensive to administer. Open-ended surveys often result in
long answers that may or may not address the question being asked. Conceptual and targeted questions are not the names of question types recommended as
part of requirements development.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 180.
91. The project sponsor is reiewing your requirements survey. She asks you why it contains very specific, closed-ended questions about future system
capabilities. You tell her that your BEST reason for constructing the survey in this way was to (Application)
A. Allow the respondents to respond as they see fit and share new information
B. Look for a broad range of answers while evaluating the future system needs
C. Measure responses numerically and analyze them with statistical techniques
D. Obtain very specific, quantitative data regarding future system capabilities Solution
Using closed-ended questions is very effective for obtaining quantitative data for use in statistical

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

analysis.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 180.
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
92. You are the business analyst for Acme Fasteners, currently eliciting customer requirements for new fastener products to be sold in numerous
countries. You have decided to create several requirements surveys for multiple customer groups because their needs are quite different, depending
on the part of the world in which they reside. How would you justify this decision? (Comprehension)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Targeted surveys can be prepared and used only with project sponsor approval
B. Significant group diversity does not require use of multiple, targeted surveys
C. Significant group diversity demands subdividing the survey population and using targeted surveys
D. A single survey can be translated into multiple languages for a global audience
Solution
It is important to be cognizant of the survey respondent group's characteristics. The business analyst needs to understand the background of the target
group members, including their environment and specific terminology, and to use this information effectively when writing the survey questions. If there is
significant diversity in the group's background, you may find that it is easier to divide a large group into smaller and more homogenous groups and then
produce variations of the survey that fit each group's background.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 178.
93. Should statistical sampling methods bi used to target and select respondents for all types of requirements elicitation surveys? (Comprehension)
A. No, only for openlended surveys where a subset of users is required
B. Yes, statistical samplipg techniques make all surveys more quantifiable

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

C. Yes, surveys using either open or closed-ended questions require'statistical sampling
D. INo, only for closed-ended surveys where a subset of users is required
Solution
When the sample group is large and the desired survey type is open-ended, it may be necessary to identify a subset of users. For such situations, use of
a statistical sampling method will help ensure that survey results are not biased.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 179.
94. -the project sponsor is reviewing your requirements survey. She asks you why it contains very broad, open-ended questions about future system
capabilities. You tell her that your BEST reason for constructing the survey in this way was to (Application)
A. Allow the respondents to respond as they see fit and share new information

Spectramind Solutions
B. Look for a finite range of answers while evaluating the future system needs
C. Measure responses numerically and analyze them with statistical techniques
D. Obtain very specific, quantitative data regarding future system capabilities
Solution
Using open-ended questions is the best method of allowing your survey results to yield insights and opinions not easily obtainable throu gh other
elicitation techniques. In order to do this, you need a finite range of answers but you are also looking for additional information about future system
needs. Open-ended questions allow you to address both aspects of the data.
Answei. B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 180.
95. All of the following are appropriate elicitation survey distribution and collection methods EXCEPT (Knowledge)
A. Telephone
B. Email
C. Voicemail
D. Internet
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Appropriate elicitation survey tect-~r~ique
distribution and collection methods include surface mail, email, Web-based and telephone. Leaving a voicemail with
your survey questions or allowing responses to be made by voicemail is not a recommended survey delivery method.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 178.
96. When constructing usage models during requirements analysis activities, the business analyst may choose to replace use of prototypes with
alternative techniques, such as (Knowledge)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Process flows
0. Use cases
C. Storyboards
D. Flowcharts
Solution
Prototypes may be replaced by storyboards or user interface designs. B~th are considered complementary and/or alternative techniques for use during
requirements analysis and modeling activities.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,247.
97. What are the three key elements for managing the prototype process during requirements analysis? (Knowledge)
A. Budget, functionality and exit criteria
B. Timeline, budget and functionality
C. Budget, functionality and quality
D. Timeline, budget and exit criteria
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

The prototype process is managed with a timeline, budget and exit criteria: (1) the timeline must be realistic for development, evaluation and
documentation of the prototype; (2) the budget must allow for development of the model, recruiting end users, interviewing them while they are using the
prototype and evaluating the users' design feedback; and (3) the prototype must have predefined exit criteria goals, such as number of users, number of
iterations or quality of user feed back.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 246.
0
98. You are working with end users whose needs are not well understood. To help determine their requirements, which usage mod el technique would
you recommend? (Comprehension)
A. Storyboard

Spectramind Solutions
B. Prototype
C. Use case
D. Flowchart
A prototype is an effective risk reduction technique when working with an unfamiliar business domain or with one in which the end users' needs are not
well understood. A tangible product is very helpful in validating requirements in these situations.
Answer 6 is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 246-247.
 99. You are a business analyst stepping a senior user through a prototype of proposed new system capabilities. You have walked the end user
through the feature. What is your next step? (Application)
A. Update the functional requirements based on the prototype results
B. Iterate through the process until the process exit criteria have been met
C. Update the prototype application to meet the senior user's new needs

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. Get additional requirements from the user based on his or her experience Solution
The recommended prototyping process steps include
1. The business analyst walks end user through a feature,
2.. The end user gives additional requirements based on the experience,
1 The application running the prototype is changed,
2 The process is repeated with additional end users until the exit criteria are met and
3 The business analyst updates functional and supplemental requirements based on the prototype.
Answer D is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
1, '.
IIBA 2006, 246.
100. As part of your requirements analysis activities on your projea, you are constructing a prototype to use in stepping through required new
capabilities of an online system with key users. What element is always required in a customer-facing prototype? (Knowledge)
A. The shell
B. The user
 C. The need
D. The logic
Solution
A customer-facivg prototype must always have a shell, which is the application that contains the online screens.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 246.
What are two common variations on the storyboards used during requirements analysis
activities? (Comprehension)
A. User-experience storyboards and storyboard descriptions
B. Traditional flowcharts and user observation storyboards
C. Computer-based screen flows and use case story diagrams
D. Paper-based simulations and user-experience storyboards Solution

Spectramind Solutions
The two common variants of storyboards are (1) paper-based prototyping, which describes any paper-based simulation of an interface or system, and (2)
user-experience storyboards, which describe user interface processes and techniques needed to execute use case analysis models.
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,248.
102. You are a business analyst completing your requirements analysis activities for a project. What is the BEST analysis technique for showing your key users
a simple, manual simulation of a complex interface and helping you improve its usability? (Application)
A. Prototype
B. Use case
C. Storyboard
D. User story
Solution
A storyboard provides a simple simulation of an interface or a use case using commonly available office tools (e.g., whiteboard, markers, index cards, scissors
and transparency film).
Answer C is correct. Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006,248.
103. You are an experienced business analyst performing requirements analysis and documentation activities. You know that early identification of usability
issues reduces project risk and increases user acceptance. It also increases which other factor for a project? (Knowledge)
A. Customer agreement
0. User involvement
C. Customer adoption
D. User collaboration
Solution
Early identification of usability issues, using storyboarding techniques, reduces project risk and increases user acceptance, user satisfaction and customer
adoption of the proposed business process or solution.
Answer C is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006, 249.
104. You are a business analyst working with users to define and document special circumstances and exception processing within the user requirements
document. What type of use case flow are you working with? (Comprehension)
A. Alternate
0. Primary
C. Erroneous
D. Concept
Solution
Use case descriptions are written as a series of steps performed by actors or by the solution that enable an actor to achieve a goal. -the primary or basic flow
represents the simplest way to actomplish the goal of the use case. Special circumstances and eiceptions that result in a.failure to complete the goal of the use
case are documented in alternate flows.
Answer A is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006, 250.
105. You are the business analyst building a use case description of how a product quality lead at the company will query and retrieve specific
product quality data from a complex data warehousing system. In this description, the product quality lead is what element of the use case
description? (Analysis)
A. User
8. Person
C. Role
D. Actor
Solution
The actor element of a use case is any person, system, or event external to the system under design that interacts with that system through a use case.
Each actor must be given a unique name that represents the role he or she plays in interactions with the system. This role does not necessarily
correspond with a job title and should never be the name of an actual person.
Answer D is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IIBA 2006, 251.
106. One key input to the use case description process during requirements analysis is the set of user profiles. What is the second key input?
(Knowledge)
A. A well-defined product scope
B. A list of stakeholder goals
C. Detailed user descriptions
D. A list of key user activities
Solution
Ir~putsto the use case process performed during requirements analysis are the set of user profiles and a list of stakeholder goals.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 250.
107. You are using use cases and use case diagrams on your project to describe and model the organization's new business process flows relative to your new

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

project. To model capabilities at a greater level of detail, you should consider using which of the following complementary techniques? (Comprehension)
A. State, activity and sequence diagrams
B. User stories and textual requirements
C. Feature lists and behavioral models
D. User stories and user interface designs
Solution
Alternative techniques to use cases include use of a feature list, user stories or a textual requirements statement. Complementary techniques often used to
supplement use cases include datalbehavior models, user interface design, state diagrams, activity diagrams and sequence diagrams.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 252.

Spectramind Solutions
108. You are writing a use case description stepping through the flow of events for what the actor and the system will do during execution of a use case. The
description that you have just written reads as follows: "Upon reading the error message, the user must exit the current transaction." This is an example of
which type of event flow? (Application)
A. Nominal
B. Alternate
C. Exception
D. Basic
Solution
The flow of eveits in a use case description can be one of two types: (1) a basic flow, representing the shortest successful path that accomplishes the goal of
the primary actor, and
(2) an alternate flow or set of flows showing more complex logic or error handling. There are two types of alternate flows: "alternative" alternate flows, in which
the actor can still successfully achieve the goal of the use case, and "exception" alternate flows, in which circumstances do not allow the actor to achieve his or
her desired goal.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 251.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
109. You have noted the following condition in your use case description: "The user must be
logged in to the system." This is an example of what type of condition? (Knowledge)
Solution
A pre-condition is any fact that the solution can assume to be true when the use case begins. It can be a textual statement or the successful completion
of other use cases. Post-conditions i.. facts that must be true when all possible flows through the use case are complete.
Answer B is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
Reference
IIBA 2006, 251.
You are justifying your selection of use cases as your primary requirements usage modeling technique for your current project. What are the key
strengths of applying use cases as part of requirements analysis? (Analysis)
A. Creating business, user and system requirements for your project
B. Clarifying project and product scope from the user's point of view
C. Defining user interactions with data-intensive system capabilities
D. Understanding user interfaces and user interaction with the system
Solution
Use cases are good at clarifying scope and providing a high-level understanding of user behavioral goals, normal situations, and alternatives or exception
situations, especially in systems possessing- a high degree of user interface and interaction with capabilities. Use cases are not the best technique to
describe the functional requirements of a system that has very little interaction , with an actor or for data-intensive projects.
Answer D is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
IIBA 2006, 252.
111. When developing the use cases for your new system functionality, you discover that several use cases have duplicate functionality
within them. The best way to address this duplicate functionality in your usage model is to (Application)
A. Create an include association from the use cases to their shared functionality
B. Leave the duplicate functionality as it is because duplicating contents is allowed
C. Create an extend association from the use cases to their common functionality
D. Leave the duplicate functionality as it is to reduce complexity and confusion
Solution
There are two associations that may exist between use cases: (1) "Extend" allows for the insertion of additional behavior (alternate flow)
into a separate use case for convenience and (2) "Include" allows for the base use case to make use of functionality present in another
use case when shared functionality is required by several use cases.
Answer A is correct. Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006,255.
112. Which statement BEST describes the difference between a use case description and a use case diagram? (Comprehension)
A. Diagrams are object oriented; descriptions are more traditional text
B. Diagrams are relatibnal representations; descriptions are contextual
C. Diagrams are graphical representations; descriptions are more traditional text
D. Diagrams are visual models; descriptions are more like storyboards
Solution
 -
Use case diagrams present a graphical representation of the problem domain by displaying the boundary of the solution and showing
how the actors interact with the use cases supported by that solution. Use cases shown in the diagram must be fleshed out with use
case descriptions.
-
Answer C is correct. Reference
:[IBA 2006, 253.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

113. What is the dotted line li~king an end user and a system capability in a use case diagram? (Knowledge)
A. Actor
B. Boundary
C. Use case
D. Association
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Solution
An association is shown as a solid or dotted line linking.actors and/or use cases.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,254.
114 Ginger is meeting with the users to define and model general ways the users might interact with the data entry screens of a new software system.
After the meeting, Ginger believes that she has gathered enough information on their preferences from using a set of mock system screen
interfaces, pencils, paper and sticky notes. She has allowed the users to (1) state their preference for navigatirlg specific elements of the interfaces,
(2) show how they would like to achieve their goals, and (3) show how they prefer to (Evaluation)
A. Implement the system
B. Accomplish their work
C. Perform detailed tasks
D. Define the requirements
Solution
User interface design focuses on early modeling of user interaction with specific system elements by mocking up user system interfaces. User interface
design involves creating general ideas and allows users to state their preferences for navigating a specific element, how to achieve their goals, and how
to accomplish their work. Effective user interface design does not concern the user with the implementation details of the system.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer B is correct. ,
Reference
IIBA 2006; 257.
115. Ginger is meeting with the users to define and model general ways the users might interact with the data entry screens of a new software system.
The group has discussed the mdjor system elements and data entry screens that the users will be interacting with. The next step is (Evaluation)
A. Eliciting user opinions on what usability means
B. Working with users to understand system usage
C. Identifying additional user profiles to consider
D. Drilling down to define smaller interaction items
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional

Spectramind Solutions
Solution
Step 1: Identify different user profiles
Step 2: Work with users to understand the system usage
Step 3: Discuss major elements that will be required in the business process
Step 4: Drill down to define smaller items users might interact with
Step 5: Elicit user opinions on what usability means to them
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 258.
 116. You are a business analyst creating use case diagrams as part of applying the use case method for documenting requirements on your project.
Your use case diagrams currently provide an overview of the problem space and will allow you to obtain stakeholder agreement on the scope of the
project. You are interested in completing a full set of use case diagrams along with supporting techniques describing what is taking place and
showing process flow interactions. The additional techniques you will apply to achieve this are (Application)
A. Actors, associations, boundaries and use cases
B. Context, activity and sequence diagrams
C. Use case descriptions and activity diagrams

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. Process maps, process flows and user stories
Solution
The use case diagram must always be supported by use case descriptions or user stories once analysis is complete. If it is necessary to show How use
cases interact in a process flow, an
"
activity diagram may be used. Activity diagrams provide supporting techniques showing the associated process flow interactions.
0
Answer C is correct.
3
Reference
IIBA 2006, 256.

Spectramind Solutions
117. When applying user interface design-techniques during requirements analysis, the business analyst MUST consider which key items?
(Comprehension)
A. Profiles of users interacting with the system
B. The level of detail required for the documentation
C. Results of stakeholder identification and analysis
D. Technical standards for system implementation
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Solution
User interface design must consider the following: .classes and profiles of the users interacting with the system, a prioritized list of elements for
discussion and any relevant organizational standards.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 258.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

18 You are a business analyst currently identifying, studying and modeling current and future intended end users of the business solution. What is the
BEST usage modeling technique to apply when performing these activities? (Knowledge)
A. User profiles
B. User models
C. User classes
D. User actors
Solution
Construction 6f user prof~le descriptions includes the tasks of identifying, studying and modeling current and future intended end users of the business
solution.
Answer A is correct.

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006,259.
119. You are a business analyst working on enhancing an existing system to incorporate new hardware and software capabilities. The existing
system has a large number of user interface points and a core set of very senior, experienced users. Would you apply user interface design
techniques to this project? (Application)
A. Yes, they support new technology project decisions with familiar users
B. No, they are lesseffectivefar enhancement projects with familiar users
C. Yes, they support performance enhancement projects with unfamiliar users
D. No, they are less effective for enhancement projects with unfamiliar users
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Solution
-the user interface design technique is an effective method to document requirements for
interface intensive systems, systems for unfamiliar user classes or systems for new markets.
They are less effective for enhancement projects where usage is understood and for data-
intensive systems in which system behavior is not a key factor of project success. They also are
less effective for making architectural design choices and for making implementation coding
decisions.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 258.
120. You are developing user profiles based on the key classes of users for your project. What additional key element should you document regarding each of
these user classes or types? (Analysis)
A. Techniques
B. Stories
C. Preferences
D. Attributes Solution

Spectramind Solutions
A user profile description must include a set of user types or classes, user type attributes such as demographic characteristics or system usage familiarity,
elicitations through interviews and observations, and revised user type data that are updated after the analysis is complete. ,
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 259.
121. What is the purpose of the description found in a user story? (Knowledge)
A. Categorizes, classifies and describes a specific user
B. 1denti.fies and models future usage of the system
C. Defines the problem from the user's point of view
D. States the user's alternatives for solving a problem
Solution
A user story description, no matter what format is used, must include the following: (1) a unique story card for each story and (2) a description, written by the
user, defining the problem from the user's point of view.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,262.
122. You are an experienced business analyst replacing your user profiles with a different model type. You will select your new model from which list of
equivalent alternatives? (Knowledge)
A. User personas, use case diagrams and storyboards
6. Use case descriptions, diagrams and user stories
C. User personas, user/task matrices or user analysis

Spectramind Solutions
D. Userttask matrices, user analysis and user stories Solution
User profiles can be replaced by user personas, userttask matrices and user analysis.
Answer C is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006,261.
123. Textual descriptions of tasks that the system needs to accomplish are also known as (Knowledge)
A. User stories
B. User tales
C. User needs
D. User cases
Solution -.
A user story is a textual description, typically written by a customer about tasks that the business system needs to accomplish. Option B is close, but
option A is the phrasirrg most commonly used.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer A is considered correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 261.
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
124. You are an experienced business analyst currently working with end users to identifying user work flow and user task improvements for a new
manufacturing system. What modeling technique will BEST assist you in these efforts at this time? (Comprehension)
A. Userltask matrix
B. User stories
- C.
' User personas
D. User profiles
Solution
User profiles are good at identifying user work flow and user task improvements. The analysis can translate directly into design of user interfaces. User

Spectramind Solutions
profiles are augmented by other models when they are used to describe business or user requirements.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 260.
125. You are selecting a requirements modeling technique that supports an iterative and incremental development strategy for a new Web-based
product. Documentation for this project will be done informally and kept to a minimum. What analysis technique BEST supports your
requirements analysis efforts? (Application)
A. User profiles
B. User stories
 C. User personas
D. Use cases
Solution
A user story is an effective method to document requirements for an iterative, incremental XP (extreme programming) development methodology that
assumes developers have close access to an end user or customer. This allows a highly interactive communication that preclude s the need for extensive
formal documentation.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 263.
126. A prioritized list of customer requirements typically is found in a (Knowledge)
A. Storyboard
B. User story
C. Feature list
D. Use case
Solution
user stories can be replaced by other development methodologies such as use cases that describe behaviors actor and system interactions, alternative paths,
and exceptions or feature lists describing a prioritized list of customer requirements

Spectramind Solutions
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,263.
127. Dan is the new business analyst on a process-improvement project at a biotechnology company. He is planning to conduct his first formal requirements
review for the project. Dan needs to apply his facilitation skills to this review meeting, as well as to have already (Comprehension)
A, Prepared a list of reviewers for the completed requirements document
B. Received permission to schedule the meeting from the project sponsor
C. Sent everyone a written meeting notice and requested formal responses
D. Prepared the requirements document in draft and printed the document
Solution
To conduct a formal requirements review, the'business analyst must have a complete requirements document, a list of appropriate reviewers, a meeting vehicle
and good facilitation skills.
Answer A is correct.
Reference

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

IIBA 2006,289.
128. Requirements reviews can also be called (Knowledge)
A. Storyboards
B. JAD sessions
C. Walkthroughs
D. Peer reviews
Solution
Reviews are also referred to by other names, such as walk-throughs or inspections.
Answer C is correct.
Reference

Spectramind Solutions
IIBA 2006,289.
129. Maria has just completed a formal requirement review session with her key stakeholders and the project sponsor. The document was not deemed ready for
agreement and sign off because of a large number of significant changes and concerns. After Maria addresses these changes and concerns, what should
she do next? (Analysis)
A. Distribute a summary of her changes to the attendees
B. Schedule a second review for the revised document
C. Baseline the revised document containing the changes
D. Review the revised document with the project sponsor
Solution
After a formal requirements review, the author of the document performs additional requirements gathering, analysis and documentation and makes any needed
changes. Significant changes often will necessitate a second review.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,289.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

130. You are a business analyst presenting your prpject manager with a detailed activity list and time estimates to put in the project schedule in order to conduct
the formal requirements document review. Your activity list contains very structured and specific items, includirlg the first three of the eight steps of the
formal review process: prepare documents, schedule review and (Application)
A. Deliver the documents
B. Conduct the review
C. Secure a meeting location
D. Determine participants

Spectramind Solutions
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341
132. You are a business analyst facilitating a session to formally review the completed
requirements document for your project. What will you tell the reviewers about the primary
purpose of this meeting? (Comprehension)
.A. It is to provide a fair review
B. It is to find and remove faults
C. It is to recognize key changes

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

D. It is to read all of the content
Solution
The business analyst must understand the structured, formal nature of a formal review session. It is the business analyst's responsibility to make sure the
document reviewers understand that the purpose of the review is to find and remove faults.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
133. Javon is moderating a requirements review session for his project. One of the stakeholders. . attending the meeting has expressed concerns about the
purpose of the project and the
high-level objectives that the more detailed requirements defined in this document will deliver. Who is this stakeholder? (Synthesis)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Project manager
B. IT developer
C. Executive sponsor
D. Quality analyst Solution
The executive sponsor is responsible for funding the project and must approve the project purpose and objectives.
Answer C is correct. Reference
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
134. Zev is moderating a requirements review session for his project. One of the stakeholders attending the meeting keeps bringing up concerns about
 errors and inconsistencies in the document contents. Who is this stakeholder? (Synthesis)
A. QA analyst
B. IT developer
C. Executive sponsor
D. Project manager
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

QA analysts are excellent reviewers of any requirements document because they are trained to look for inconsistencies and inaccuracies.
Answer A is correct
Reference
IIBA 2006, 292.
135. Dan is moderating a requirements review session for his project. One of the stakeholders points out to the other meeting attendees that the logical
business requirements that have been modeled in this document are incomplete. Who is this stakeholder? (Synthesis)
A. IT analyst
B. IT developer
C. IT manager

Spectramind Solutions
D. IT architect
Solution
The IT or technical architect uses the logical business requirements to build a solution data structure and therefore must understand the business
needs for the data. This person will ask key questions about the data structure and help to find any missing pieces.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 292.
136. What role is mandatory for a formal requirements review session? (Knowledge)
A. Project manager , ,.
B. Recorder
C. Author
D. Business analyst
Solution
Refer to the table of roles and responsibilities in a requirements review session. The author and the moderator are the only roles identified in the table as
mandatory.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 291.
137. You are the business analyst who has written a requirements document currently undergoing a formal review. In the review session, what role are you
MOST likely to play? (Application)
A. Peer review
B. Moderator
C. Author
D. Recorder
Solution

Spectramind Solutions
Typically, the business analyst is also the primary author of the requirements document undergoing review. The business analyst also may moderate the
review session or record notes, although it is not recommended that he or she take on either or both of these roles. The business analysts themselves will
not perform peer review activities on himself or herself.
Answer C is correct.
. ,' Reference 'IIBA 2006, 291.
138,. As an experienced business analyst, you realize that there are several guidelines ;hat should be followed when conducting a requirements review in
order for the session to be effective. The guidelines state that your responsibilities include making sure that participantscomment on the content of the
document and making sure that participants have (~pplication)
 A. Annotated their copy of the document with any notes
0. Reviewed the document in preparation for the session
C. Created their own list of comments and action items
D. Discussed their priorities with their bosses ahegd of time
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Solution

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

There are several rules that should be followed when conducting a requirements review:
1 The moderator is responsible for making sure that all participants adhere to the rules,
2 Supervisors (especially of the author) should not attend the review,
3 Reviewers must review and comment on the content, not on the author, and
4 Participants must review the document before the formal session.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 291.
139. You are the project manager assigning activities after a formal requirements review meeting has been conducted on your project. The action-item
lists produced in the meeting will MOST LIKELY be addressed by the (Analysis)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Business analyst
B. Project sponsor
C. Key stakeholders
D. Steering committee
Solution
The deliverable of a formal requirements review is a list of questions, comments, concerns and suggestions that are compiled during the working
session. Key review outputs may include a list of agreed-upon amendments to the requirements document, a list of actions for the business analyst, a
list of actions for business users who require clarificatioin and a list of agreed-upon issues and any assumptions associated with them.
Answer A is correct.
IIBA 2006, 293.
140. What step in the str.uctured requirements review process formalizes all stakeholder agreements about the completed requirements?
(Knowledge)
A. Planning

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

B. Re-review
C. Sign off
D. Review
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Solution
Requirements sign off formalizes the agreement by project stakeholders that the content and
presentation of the requirements, as documented, are accurate and complete.
Answer C is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,293.

Spectramind Solutions
141. When are Requirements Communication knowledge area activities officially complete? (Comprehension)
A. All review comments have been addressed
B. The requirements are completed in draft
C. High-level design activities have begun
D. Formal requirements sign off is achieved
Solution
Obtaining requirements sign off typically is the final task of Requirements Communication knowledge area activities. In order to perform this task, the business
analyst requires the outputs from the formal requirements review@), including accommodation of any comments or objections that were raised during the review
process.
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 294.
142. You are the business analyst on a very complex project. Many of your end users use :specific functionality targeting their..departments and
responsibilities and are not interested ' in the capabilities your project is providing to others. What is the BEST way to

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

accommodate these independent end users during approvaland sign off on the
requirements document? (Application)
A. Have them sign off on the entire project requirements document
8. Have them sign off only on the requirements affecting their role
C. Have them sign off formally while not reading the full document
D. Ask them for informal agreement and make note of their response
Sample Exam Questions: IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional
Solution
For projects where many requirements apply only to a subset of stakeholders, it can be more
practical to ask each stakeholder to.>sign off only on those requirements that are directly
pertinent. Under such circumstances, it.is incumbent upoh the business analyst to ensure that each individual requirements specification is approved
explicitly by at least one appropriate
project stakeholder.

Spectramind Solutions
Answer B is correct. .?,
Reference
143. What is another name for the highest-level services that a system provides to fulfill one or . more stakeholder needs? (Knowledge)
A. Feature
B. Function
C. Ability
D. Capability
Solution
A feature is a service that the system/solution provides to fulfill one or more stakeholder needs. Features typically are fairly high level solutions and will
turn into functional or nonfunctional requirements. They allow for early priority and scope management and for getting a high-level sense of the
stakeholder's view of the solution.
Answer A is correct.

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Reference
144. Which statement is the BEST example of a nonfunctional requirement? (Comprehension)
A. The device shall have a design rated as approachable by its users.
B. The nurse shall use the device to deliver an electric shock to the patient.
C. The device shall function in terr~peratures ,from 0 to 50 degrees Celsius. "
D. The technician shall monitor relevant patient health data on the screen.
Solution
Nonfunctional requirements define required system capabilities that do not describe functionality. Examples of nonfunctional requirements include the
number of end users, response times, fail- over requirements, usability and performance. Nonfunctional requirements are also known as supplementary

Spectramind Solutions
requirements.
Answer A is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 315.
145. What type of diagram shows activities, decision points and the roles and responsibilities for the activities and decisions? (Knowledge)
A. Scatter €3. Context
C. Sequence
D. Activity Solution Activity diagrams show activities and decision points as well as the roles with responsibilities for those activities and decision points. This
type of diagram can be used to illustrate use cases and business use cases.
Answer D is correct. Reference
IIBA 2006, 315.
146. You are addressing required skills and the restrictions on the people that possess these skills relative to performing specific project activities. What are

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

you documenting? (Comprehension)
A. Resource constraints
B. Technical constraints
C. Business constraints
B. Schedule constraints
Solution
A constraint describes one or more limitations imposed on the solution. Business constraints are factors such as budget limitations, restrictions on the people
who can do the work and the skill sets that are required.
Answer C is correct. Reference
147. What knowledge area addresses ensuring that the solution meets stakeholder objectives and is implemented smoothly within the organization?
(Application)

Spectramind Solutions
A. Requirements Review and Implementation
B. Solution Assessment and Validation
C. Requirements Verification and Validation
D. Solution Assessment and Delivery
Solution
The Solution Assessment and Validation knowledge area includes the tasks necessary to ensure that the solution meets stakeholder objectives, is
thoroughly tested and is implemented smoothly.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,316.
148. Sara is an experienced business analyst who knows that there are many ways to elicit and capture requirements for her new systems
development project. She is conducting a requirements discovery session with a group of key stakeholders. What is another name given to this type
of accelerated requirements discovery session? (Analysis)
A. Joint Requirements Definition Session (JRDS)
B. Fast Requirements Definition Session (FRDS)
C. Rapid Requirements Development (RRD)
D. Joint Requirements Planning Session (JRPS)

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
Another name for a Requirements Discovery Session (RDS) is a Joint Requirements Planning Session (JRPS).
Answer D is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006, 316.
149. What is another name for the corrlponent of a solution resulting from a temporary endeavor creating a unique outcome? (Knowledge)
A. Project
B. Product

Spectramind Solutions
C. Program
D. Result
Solution
A product is a solution or component of a solution that is the result of a'project. A project is a
temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product, service or result.
Answer B is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,316.
150. You are an experienced business analyst documenting requirements information durirlg elicitation and analysis activities. When defining additional
characteristics of a specific; requirement, you are documenting what aspect of that requirement? (Comprehension)
A. Attributes
B. Priorities
C. Constraints
D. Reliability

Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341

Solution
Requirements attributes define characteristics of a requirement that capture additional information about the requirement, such as the priority of therequirement
or the level of risk associated with it.
Answer A is correct.
Reference
IIBA 2006,316.

Spectramind Solutions
Spectramind Solutions Vijay Cell # : 0-9440089341